Académique Documents
Professionnel Documents
Culture Documents
MHHMMI
VF
LATIN
FORTH E
YfcAtv
rlK.J!)l
ilP
iliiiH
19
\mmm
rivAND-COMPAMT
immm
GIFT OF
ftivi*
o
tn
z
c
a
< o
w a
WALTER
B.
GUNNISON,
AND
Ph.D.
NEW YORK
WALTER
S.
HARLEY, A.M.
SILVER,
SILVER,
PREFACE
"
"
is
and
To
manner, for the reading of Latin authors. achieve the utmost simplicity of treatment consistent with
thoroughness and to make the study of Latin interesting were the chief aims of the authors.
Inflections.
To
The variety
of
case endings, tense endings, and tense signs, grammatical gender, the agreement of adjectives, and the order of words, are all pracRealizing that for tically new to the minds of beginners in Latin.
work
have endeavored to present At the beginning only one case is these clearly and logically. declension is learned. In the third in until the first a given lesson, declension the difficulties have been reduced to a minimum. Only one tense is given at a time in the development of the verb. Experience seems to show that it is best to contrast the forms of one tense in the different conjugations and later to contrast the tenses of each conjugation as a whole by synopses. Declensions and conjugations
inflections of the language, the authors
are given in alternate lessons, so far as possible. Syntax. In the matter of syntax the authors have endeavored
to avoid the error of attempting to teach all in one year. Only the The independent uses of the subessentials, therefore, are given.
The subordinate
of purpose, result, indirect question, and the more common clauses of time, cause, and condition. Much use is made of the infinitive
with subject accusative. Prepositional phrases are carefully distinguished, and the important ablative absolute is fully explained.
Rules and principles are derived inductively. Comparison is constantly made with English usage, though a thorough knowledge of
the technicalities of English
grammar
is
not assumed.
Vocabulary. The vocabulary of the eighty-two lessons includes about seven hundred words, which with few exceptions are used by
60553 9
VI
PREFACE
Caesar. Words related in meaning are associated, and simple The derivation words are given before their compound forms. of English words is emphasized. Exercises. In the Latin exercises the purpose has been to make short sentences that are intelligible in themselves, and not dependent upon the context of an author. Many sentences have been adapted, however, from the reading matter for the second year. For variety many interrogative sentences are used in the exercises; to these, so far as possible, answers should be given in Latin, as an excellent drill in forms. The constant aim has been to fix firmly
repetition in the exercises the important principles of syntax explained in the lessons.
by frequent
Reviews.
Much
laid
series is terminated.
Appendix the inflections and rules of syntax are brought together. Connected Reading. Short paragraphs for reading begin in Lesson X.
fied
In Lessons
of
XLII-LXXXII
first
portions
Caesar's
Bellum Helveticum.
campaign
fewer changes from the exact words of Caesar. A section of fables and short stories in Latin has been added for general interest. Quotations. The many standard quotations from Latin writers
be appreciated by pupils as part of their permanent possession, and in a measure will form a connecting link between the study of Latin and its practical use in our present-day activities.
will
The authors wish to acknowledge their indebtedness to Mr. E. W. Harter, Head of the Classical Department, Erasmus Hall High School, and to Mr. Walter E. Johnson, Head of the Latin Department, Lane Technical High School, Chicago, 111., who have given
suggestions during the preparation of the manuscript and the reading of the proof; and to J. B. Lippincott Company for the privilege of reproducing illustration of a Roman warship from " Ships and Ways of Other Days," by E. K. Chatterton.
many valuable
i,
1915.
CONTENTS
Page
Introduction:
Lesson
I.
The Alphabet.
Syllables.
3
5
7
II.
Accent
III.
The Nominative Case. The Verb sum IV. The First Conjugation: Present Tense, Active
Voice
9
11
... The Accusative Case. The Direct Object The Genitive VI. The First Declension: Singular.
V.
Case
12
.
The First Declension: Plural. The Dative Case VIII. The Ablative Case. Order of Words IX. The Second Conjugation: Present Tense. The
VII.
15
18
20
23
X. Review
XL
Gender.
Masculine
24
Nouns
XII. The Second Declension: Neuter Nouns.
Apposi-
28
Present
31
of Adjec-
Indicative.
The Present
Infinitive
XIV. Adjectives
tives
Agreement
-er.
33 Adjectives
Possessive
Pro-
nominal Adjectives
36
39
41
XIX.
The Present Indicative. Ablative of the Agent The Passive Voice: Present Indicative (Completed).
42
46
Third Conjugation in
-io
Vlll
CONTENTS
Lesson
Page
in
-1,
-6, -r
49
51
in -s, -x.
The Im-
sum
XXII. The Third Declension: Neuter Nouns in -men, -us. The Future Indicative of sum XXIII. The Imperfect Tense, Indicative Active. The
Predicate Accusative
54
56
XXIV. The
Ques59 62
.
tions
and Answers
XXV. Review
XXVI. The Third Declension: Genitive Plural in -ium XXVII. The Third Declension: Gender; Special Nouns XXVIII. The Ablative Case: Separation; Place from Which XXIX. The Future Tense, Indicative (Conjugations I and
.
63
65
67
II)
69
72
XXX. The
XXXI.
Future Tense, Indicative (Conjugations III and IV) Adjectives of the Third Declension. The Dative with Adjectives
Perfect Tense, Indicative Active Perfect Tense, Indicative Passive
74
77
81
XXXIV. Review
84
87
Case.
XXXV. The
XXXVI.
Fourth Declension
Prefixes.
The Locative
Expressions of
89
of
Place Reviewed
Time
92
94
of the In-
XXXIX. The
Review
97
102
XLI. Review XLII. The Relative Pronoun qui. The Interrogative Pronoun quis. Complex Sentences. Clauses
.
104
106
109
113 116
Infinitive. The Uses of the Infinitive XLIV. The Demonstrative Pronouns hie, ille, iste. The
Objective Genitive
XLV. The
Perfect Infinitive.
The Ablative
is
of
Cause
XL VI.
118
CONTENTS
Lesson
iX
Page
of the Infinitive.
XL VII. XL VIII.
L. LI. LII. LIII.
122
126 129
131
Clauses of Pur136
Negative Pur139
142 147
LIV. The Imperfect Subjunctive. Primary and Secondary Tenses LV. The Dative with Special Verbs. Noun Clauses with ut, or ne LVI. The Verb possum. Clauses of Result LVII. Compounds of sum. The Dative with Compound Verbs. The Dative of the Possessor .... LVIII. Review
150
153 155
LIX. Comparison
parison
of Adjectives.
The Ablative
of
Com157 161
163 166
LX. Irregular Comparison of Adjectives LXI. Adverbs: Their Formation and Comparison LXII. The Perfect Subjunctive. Indirect Questions LXIII. The Pluperfect Subjunctive. Review of the Sub. .
junctive.
168
173
The Accusative
of
LXV.
LXVI.
Ordinal Adjectives. The Genitive of the Whole. The Genitive and Ablative of Description
.
176
Re178
181
LXVII. Review. Certain Noun Suffixes LXVIII. The Imperative Mood. The Vocative Case LXIX. Participles: The Present and the Perfect ... LXX. The Ablative Absolute LXXL The Future Participles. The Dative <>f the Agent LXXII. The Gerundive. The Gerund
.
.
183
185
iSS
191
193
X
Lesson
CONTENTS
Page
of Purpose.
196
199 200
LXXIV.
Review.
Adjective Suffixes
flo.
LXXV. The
Irregular Verb
Idioms
LXXVI. The verb eo. Temporal Clauses LXXVII. The Verb fero. Causal Clauses
LXXVIII. The Verbs
void and nolo.
204
207
Conditional Sentences
of
209
212 215 217 218
221
LXXIX.
Impersonal
Clauses
Verbs.
Review
Subordinate
LXXX. Review of Conjunctions. Review of the Nominative and Genitive LXXXI. Review of the Dative and the Accusative ... LXXXII. Review of the Ablative The War with the Helveth, Caesar, Book I, Chapters 1-29, Adapted Supplementary Reading New York State Additional Supplementary Reading
.
234
253
267
Syllabus
Appendix Table of Abbreviations Latin-English Vocabulary English-Latin Vocabulary Vocabulary for the First Year
labus
302 303
New
328
York State
Syl-
338
345
Index
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
PAGE
The Roman Forum. A restoration Frontispiece A Roman Emperor on his Way to the Baths. AlmaTadema
xiv
8
14
15 17 18
22 25
29
30
36 38
41 43
of
Roman Youth
Standard Bearers Books of Ancient Rome
as it looks today
the wall about
Showing part
48
53
out.
bas-relief
on Trajan's Column The Rhone and the Alps, St. Maurice, Switzer-
55
58 61
65
Roman War Ship Roman Bridge, Narni, Italy The Alps, Pontresina, Switzerland
69
72
Xii
LIST OF ILLUSTRATIONS
PAGE
76
Military Attire
79
83
Cornelius Sulla House oe the Vetii, Pompeii, Italy Statue of a Roman Matron Attack on a German Fortress. As depicted on the column of Marcus Aurelius Captives Pleading for Mercy from a Roman
85 86
91
97
101
Conqueror
A Roman
Festival.
Alma-Tadema
. .
Julius Caesar A Street Scene in Ancient Rome. E. Forte ... Statue of a Roman dressed in the Toga Lake Geneva. The ancient Lacus Lemannus ... A Scene along the Rhine Temple in the Forum Boarium Ruins of Palace of the Caesars, Palatine
Hill, Rome Romans passing
vetians.
124
13.2
138
140
Charles Gleyre
159
172
.......
203 210
219
220
233
252
Forum
name from
Italy,
the Latini
(la-tl'nl),
who spoke
it
first.
The
Latini inhabited
Latium (la/shi-um), a district of central and became the founders of Rome, their capital city.
Beginning in 753 B.C. (the traditional date), Rome extended her dominion over all Italy, and finally over all the territory surrounding the Mediterranean, which comprised the civilized world of that time.
Latin was the chief language of this vast empire. During the twelve centuries of Roman history (753 B.c-476 a.d.)
The languages do. ''golden age" (80 B.c-17 a.d.) was the period of the best writers, including Caesar, Cicero, the poets Vergil and
the language changed greatly, as
all
It is
of this period
Roman
empire.
literary
form
continued to be used by
statesmen, lawyers, clergymen, physicians, and scholars in The Magna Charta general, until the time of Shakespeare. charter of the famous English liberties, was (121 5 a.d.),
written in Latin.
Such men as Erasmus (1466-1536), leader of the literary world of his age, and Sir Isaac Newton (16421727), discoverer of the law of gravitation, wrote their works in the language of Caesar and Cicero.
1
of proper
names
is in
table of sounds
As a spoken language Latin never ceased to be used in Italy, France, Spain, and Portugal, but grew into different forms or dialects, which we now call Italian, French, SpanThese national tongues are together ish, and Portuguese. called Romance languages, that is, modern forms of the language of the Romans.
It
is
of greater
is
also
language.
Our words
have come from many different sources, but chiefly from Anglo-Saxon and Latin. It has been said that English gets most of its strength from Anglo-Saxon and most of its refinement from Latin. The majority of the words in our Some of these have not dictionaries are of Latin origin. changed in form or meaning for two thousand years, as
actor,
animal, census,
superior, victor.
dirigible,
color, error, honor, labor, minus, plus, Others have been coined in recent years, as This coining of new words incubator, locomotive.
still
one a clearer knowledge of the meaning of English words, two-thirds of which are of Latin origin. 2. It provides a better understanding of English syntax. 3. It is the foundation of other modern languages and is
It gives
a good basis for the study of language in general. 4. It makes clear the terms of law, medicine, and other
sciences.
5.
It trains
6. It affords
7.
It
one in the power of expression. an excellent training of the mind. helps one to appreciate more fully the
civilization of the
literature,
thought, and
own
THE ALPHABET
LESSON
The Latin alphabet
it
THE ALPHABET
1. is
the
same
that
2.
has no
and no w.
are a, e,
i,
The vowels
a.
o, u,
and
y.
The other
letters
are consonants.
i is used for either a vowel or a consonant generally a consonant between vowels: ma'ior, major, greater; and at the beginning of a word when followed by a vowel: Iulius, Julius.
The
letter
is
sound.
It
PRONUNCIATION
according to the Roman method, as nearly as can be determined. A vowel is either long or short. Long vowels 4. Vowels.
3.
Latin
is
now pronounced
are
marked
thus: a, e,
are:
I,
6,
The sounds
Long
a as in father e as in they
l
as in machine
as in
it
6 as in ode
o as in obey
as in rude
in
as in pull 2
y (found only
words of Greek
man
5.
origin) is like
French u or Ger-
il.
Diphthongs.
ei,
pronounced as
in eight;
1
and
rapidly uttered,
A long vowel requires twice the time of a short vowel in pronunciation. 2 u has the sound of w in -ngu- preceding a vowel, in qu-, and in the words suavis, suaded, suesco.
2
4
6.
Consonants. The consonants are pronounced as in English, with the following exceptions:
of
p before
s or
t.
ch
is
g
i
is
always hard, as in
his.
t is like
in native, in wet.
not as in nation.
is like
x, a
double consonant
= cs
or gs),
11,
is
like
x in
extra.
as cc,
mm,
ss, tt are to
be pro-
distinct
sound
LENGTH OP VOWELS
long or short chiefly by observation, but the following rules are to be noted:
7.
is
We
a.
is
di'es,
b.
day;
ni'hil, nothing.
is
A
A A
nd
or nt
and before
final
m or
t:
is
iunc'tus, joined.
EXERCISE IN PRONUNCIATION
8.
1.
2.
me,
rex, et.
3.
hi,
id, is.
7.
4.
sol,
quod.
8.
tu'us.
6.
prae,
aut,
poe'na.
cui,
huic.
10. pul'cher.
11. gens.
12.
iam,
hii'ius.
pes, vir.
SYLLABLES
LESSON
II
SYLLABLES
with or syllable consists of a vowel or a diphthong, without one or more consonants. Hence a word has as many
9.
syllables as
it
mag-ni-tu'do, greatness.
u is not a vowel in qu and sometimes gu and Exception, 1 su these combinations are treated as single consonants:
;
a'qua, water.
In dividing words into syllables, a single consonant between two vowels goes with the second: pa'ter, father.
10.
Exception.
their
Prepositional
compounds
is
are
divided
into
component
parts: ab'est, he
away.
11.
If
master;
mute 2 followed by
pu'bli-cus, public.
or
camp;
The last syllable of a word is called the ultima; the to the last, the penult; the one before the penult, the next
12.
antepenult.
LENGTH OF SYLLABLES
Syllables are long or short. contains a short vowel not followed
13.
syllable by two or
is
short
if it
more conso-
sees.
long by nature if it contains a long vowel or a diphthong: ma'ter, mother; nau'tae, sailors.
syllable
is
1
2.
b,
t,
d, c,
1, r,
liquids.
6
15.
syllable is long by position if it contains a short in the same word by x or z, or by any two followed vowel consonants except a mute 1 with 1 or r u'xor, wife; an-gus'tus,
:
narrow.
ACCENT
16.
A A
word word
of
two
syllables
is
accented on the
is
first:
pu'er,
boy.
17.
of three or
more
syllables
accented on the
if
penult if that is long: a-ml'cus, friend; on the antepenult the penult is short: bre'vi-tas, brevity.
18.
enclitics,
them, regardless of
its
EXERCISE IN ACCENT
19.
fllii.
i.
silva,
causa, tabula.
2.
miles, milites.
3.
6.
fllius,
4.
digitus,
Germanus.
7.
5.
nati5, nationes.
8.
merca*
tor, mercatores.
iiinior,
oppidum.
obtinet,
terraque, homines11.
que.
9.
exemplum.
12.
10.
obtinetur.
saepe,
proelium.
Memorize :
Integer vltae scelerisque piirus
Non
"The pure
in
life
my
See page
5,
footnote
2.
The
first
Roman
poet Horace.
NOMINATIVE CASE.
VERB SUM
III
LESSON
THE NOMINATIVE
20.
CASE.
Parts of Speech.
There
Latin nouns and adjectives and nominative case are have a singular or plural in number. In some nouns and adjectives the nominative singular ends
in -a, the plural in -ae:
via longa, long way, a long way, the long way. viae longae, long ways, the long ways.
22.
Word
Order.
it
is
A descriptive adjective, as a rule, follows the emphatic: via longa, long way; but longa via,
Latin verbs are conjugated to show voice, mood, tense, number, and person. These terms have,
Conjugation.
in general, the
same meaning
as in English.
24.
Plural
First Person
sum, / am
Second Person es, {thou art), you are Third Person est, (he, she, it) is
a. He, she, it, and they are not to be used when the subjects of est and sunt are expressed by separate words: via est, the road is; viae sunt, the roads are.
25.
i.
MODEL SENTENCES
Via est longa, the way is long. Viae sunt longae, the ways are long.
2.
8
Notice that
the
noun
is
and adjective
with
26.
it
are plural.
Rule.
Case
of the Subject.
The
subject of a verb is
Rule.
27.
Verb Agreement.
VOCABULARY
Nouns
filia,
Adjectives
daughter
silva, forest
tuba, trumpet
via,
magna,
street
great, large
way, road,
parva,
little,
small
Interrogative Adverb
Conjunction
et,
ubi? where?
and
EXERCISES
(Pronounce, with careful attention to the length of vowels and to accent.
Translate.)
28.
latae.
1.
Filia bona.
2.
5.
Terra magna.
Terrae magnae.
8.
7.
Tuba
parva.
9.
Tubae parvae.
10.
2.
Via
lata.
29.
1.
bonae.
4.
Ubi
5.
sunt
Estis
flliae
flliae.
bonae?
6.
Sumus
flliae.
Es
filia
Terra est longa et lata. 7. parva. 8. Silvae sunt magnae. 9. Terra et silva tuba parva? 10. Ubi est sunt magnae.
11.
A Roman Trumpet
Ubi
est
1 parva tuba?
12.
Via lata
est
longa.
(Give the Latin for the following, marking long vowels in written work.)
30.
1.
The road
is
broad.
4.
2.
Where
is
The
forest is large.
1
See 22.
9
ars
small.
8.
The good trumpet is small. 7. The good trumpets The forests are long and broad.
LESSON IV
THE FIRST CONJUGATION: PRESENT TENSE, ACTIVE
VOICE
31.
MODEL VERB
Singular
Endings
First Person
a'mo, /
love,
am
loving,
do
love
-6
-s
-t
Second Person a'mas, you love, are loving, do love Third Person a'mat, {he, she, it) loves, is loving,
does love
Plural
First Person
ama'mus, we
do love
-mus
-tis
-nt
a. Latin has no special words for the progressive and emphatic forms, as, am loving, do love.
32. Personal Endings. The letters -6, -s, -t, -mus, -tis, -nt are called personal endings. When a separate subject
lacking, they indicate the subject, I you (or thou), he {she or it), we, you, they: amant, they love; but
of the
is
,
verb
amant, the daughters love. Stem. The present tense is 33. The Present Tense. formed by adding the personal endings to a fixed part called the stem: ama-. Verbs having a stem ending in -a compose the first conjugation and are conjugated like amo.
filiae
a. Final a of the stem becomes short in the third person and disappears before -o in the first person.
IO
34-
VOCABULARY
Nouns
ACCUSATIVE CASE.
DIRECT OBJECT
II
LESSON V
THE ACCUSATIVE
CASE.
39. The case of the direct object in Latin is called the In the singular of most words and in the plural accusative. of many, it differs from the nominative in form.
in -a
plural in -as:
Singular
Plural
flliae
fflias
Nom.
Ace.
41.
i.
fflia
ffliam
MODEL SENTENCES
Nauta
Fflias
ffliam
bonam
daughter.
2.
(his)
good
The object, as a rule, stands between the a. Word Order. subject and the verb, but when emphatic it stands out of this position, as in sentence 2. b. The words for my, your, his, her, and the like are sometimes omitted in Latin, when the meaning is clear without
them.
42.
Rule.
Direct Object.
The
direct object of
a verb
is
VOCABULARY
Nouns
Verbs
Stent
aqua, water
victoria, victory
do, I give
danuntia-
name
nounce
The
a
in
dant.
is
present tense of do is: do, das, dat, damus, datis, short, by exception to the rule, in the stem da^
datis.
and
damus,
12
EXERCISES
Nautas vocamus. 3. Regina fllias vocat. 4. Reginam filiae vocant. 5. Galba terrain magnam laudat. 6. Nautae reginas bonas laudant. 7. Quis tubam dat? 8. Qui tubas dant? 9. Agricola silvam latam
44.
i.
2.
Nautam laudamus.
amat.
nimtiat?
10.
Agricolae
aquam
portant.
11.
Quis victoriam
13.
15.
12.
Galba
magnam
victoriam nimtiat.
amatis.
longas portamus.
victorias
45.
1.
14.
Reginam bonam
report.
3.
Tubas Nautae
magnas
niintiant.
2.
We
give.
You
4. They are the Where good water? are calling the farmers and
is
He
giving.
is
the sailors.
9.
Who
LESSON VI
THE FIRST DECLENSION: SINGULAR
THE GENITIVE CASE
46.
Declension.
We
is
of a Latin
noun
differs
have seen that the objective form from the nominative. So we shall see
different, just as in English
we say
from
boy.
We
of,
words by its form or case. When words are changed to show different cases and numbers, they are
said to be inflected or declined.
47.
1.
Cases.
2.
The The
nominative, the case of the subject. genitive, denoting possession, or the object with of;
dative, the case of the indirect object; the to or for
the of case.
3.
The
case.
genitive case
13
The The
with, or in case.
called the vocative case, a few have a locative case, the denoting person addressed; the where. denoting place
a.
48.
MODEL NOUN
Endings -a
Norn, tu'ba, a (the) trumpet Gen. tu'bae, a (the) trumpet's, of a (the) trumpet Dat. tu'bae, to ox for a (the) trumpet
Ace.
-ae -ae
tu'bam, a
(the)
trumpet
-am
-a
AM.
49. Case Endings. Base, -a, -ae, -ae, -am, -a are called case endings of the singular number. The part of a declined word to which the endings are added is called the base:
tub-.
first
Words
declension.
50.
In this sentence the ending -ae of nautae has the same meaning as -'s in sailor's, answering the question Whose? A
genitive so used is called a genitive of possession and is equivalent to the English possessive, or the objective with of.
a.
The
noun that
the
it
limits.
51.
Rule.
Possession.
word denoting
owner or
the
14
52.
VOCABULARY
Nouns
Verbs
Stem
accusapaca-
Cornelia, Cornelia
epistula, letter, epistle
Iulia,
semper, always
52,
Julia
a.
and
34,
and
EXERCISES
53.
4.
7.
1.
Fllia agricolae.
5.
2.
Terra reginae.
6.
3.
Tuba
nautae.
terrae.
Copia aquae.
Regina
8.
Aqua
silvae.
A
54.
i.
Street in Pompeii
est
Regina terrae
bona.
2.
Terra
4.
6.
reginae
est
Fllias
agricolae
Victoriam nau-
dative case
8.
15
Quis
acciisat?
Galba
agricolas
11.
reginae
acciisat.
Iuliae?
terram pacant.
55. 1. Who is Cornelia? 2. Cornelia is the farmer's daughter. 4. You are the queen's sailors. 3. Cornelia's letters are always long. not the of the great land ? 6. I accuse does Who queen praise 5.
the troops of Galba. 7. Galba always praises troops do not always fight.
(his) troops.
8.
The
and stylus
LESSON
VII
MODEL NOUN
Endings
tu'bae, (the) trumpets
Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
-ae
trumpets
tuba'rum,
-arum
-is
Ace.
Abl.
-as
-Is
16
Case Endings,
Notice that -ae is case endings of the first declension. the ending of three different cases: the genitive singular, the dative singular, and the nominative plural; the rest of
the sentence will determine which case
a.
filiis,
is
meant.
is
filiabus,
not
Declension of Adjectives. Adjectives are declined When used together, they have the same case like nouns. and number.
58.
Singular
Plural
tubae longae
Ace.
tubam longam
tuba longa
tubas longas
tubis longis
AM.
59.
require an indirect object to complete their meaning, that is, an object to or for which something is given, said, or done.
Verbs
report
may
Galba
filiae
letter (or
daughter).
Daughter and filiae in this illustration are indirect objects, answering the question To whom?
" dative comes from do, I give, and means the case of the object to which something is given. primarily The indirect object, as a rule, stands b. Word Order. before the direct.
a.
The word
"
60.
case.
Rule.
The
indirect
object
dative case
Nouns
17
vocabulary
Nouns
puella, girl
sagitta,
incola, inhabitant
arrow
Adjective
pecunia, money
clara, {clear),
Conjunction
famous, renowned
sed, but
a.
both numbers.
Roman Girl
i8
EXERCISES
62.
i.
Puellae
4.
bonae.
Reginls
2.
Puellls
bonis.
3.
Puellarum
bonarum.
6.
5. parvarum. latarum. Silvarum 8. 7. Sagittae longae. 10. Peciinia nautarum. Sagittae agricolarum. 9. 2. Viae terrarum 63. 1. Sagittae nautarum sunt longae. Filiae sunt bonae. sunt latae. 4. Galbae 3. reginarum tubam do. 5. Puellls parvis tubas do. 6. Quis victoriam
bonis.
Filiarum
Flliabus parvis.
agricolarum nuntiat?
8.
7.
parvae pecuniam dat. 9. Iuliae epistulam damus. 10. Galba agricolae sagittas dat. 11. Agrilongam colae nautis copiam sagittarum dant. 12. Incolae patriam amant. 13. Incolae msularum sunt nautae. 14. Insula est parva, sed reglna incolarum est clara.
64.
1.
Iulia puellae
The
3.
girl
is
Galba's daughter.
sailors'
2.
You
4.
always praise
good
girls.
Where
Where
are the
arrows? giv5. Who is ing water to the queen's daughter? 6. Cornelia and Julia are reporting the victories to the girls. 7. They do not give the farmer a supply of money. 8. The troops of the great countries are fighting.
LESSON
THE ABLATIVE
65.
VIII
CASE.
ORDER OF WORDS
English uses from, by, with, or in and the objective case, Latin uses the ablative, sometimes with a separate preposition, sometimes without. This case, in words of the first declension, has the endings
Ablative Case.
-a (singular) and -is (plural), as given in sections 48 and 56. Thus, the troops fight with arrows in the forest is oopiae sagittis in silva pugnant. Sagittis shows by, or with, what means
The
When
ABLATIVE CASE.
they
fight,
ORDER OF WORDS
19
and
is
Silva, with
the preposition in, tells the place where they fight. 66. Rule. Ablative of Means. The means or instrument
of
action is expressed by the ablative without a preposition. The place where is 67. Rule. Ablative of Place with In.
an
regularly expressed by the ablative with the preposition in. 68. Order of Words. The normal order of words in a
the subject; (2) the modifiers of the This subject; (3) the modifiers of the verb; (4) the verb. normal order, however, is often changed, because the relation
is:
Latin sentence
(1)
of Latin
words
is
shown by
their endings,
if
position as in English.
Thus,
laudat to copias Galba laudat, we emphasize the object. If we say laudat copias Galba, we emphasize the act of praising. Any word becomes emphatic by standing out of its normal
position.
a. The position of adjectives and of the genitive, dative, and accusative cases has already been mentioned. b. A word in the ablative normally precedes the object and other modifiers of the verb Iulia in via reginae epistu:
lam
c.
non
d.
dat, Jidia gives a letter to the queen in the road. Most adverbs precede the word they modify: Copiae semper pugnant, the troops do not always fight. Forms of sum stand practically as in English: Viae
sunt longae.
69.
VOCABULARY
20
EXERCISES
70.
4.
7.
i.
In
silvls latis.
2.
In
vils novls.
3.
In terra magna.
In aqua
alta.
5.
In
fossls altls.
8.
In provinciis parvis.
12.
Iuvant.
iuvat.
9.
11. Vulneratis.
Non
71.
1.
nautas
iuvant.
2.
Copiae
5.
sagittls
pecunia,
Galbam
Fossae
sunt altae.
est in fossls.
Aqua non
new trumpets? 2. Galba is giving the daughters. 3. The farmers in the provinces 1 carry good arrows. 4. (There) is a good queen in Italy. 5. We 6. There are great supare not aiding the queen with supplies. The land of the in the good queen. 7. money is in the deep plies water. 8. He gives the signal 2 with a trumpet.
72. 1. Where new trumpets to
(his)
LESSON IX
THE SECOND CONJUGATION: PRESENT TENSE
THE ACCUSATIVE WITH PREPOSITIONS
73.
mo'neo, / warn, am warning, do warn mo'nes, you warn, are warning, do warn
mo'net,
{he, she, it)
'
warns,
is
Plural
mone'mus, we warn,
are warning, do warn mone'tis, you warn, are warning, do warn mo'nent, {they) warn, are warning, do warn
1
Omit words
in parentheses.
SIgnum.
21
Verbs with stems ending in -e compose the second In the model conjugation and are inflected like moneo.
verb notice that the personal endings are the same as those
of the first conjugation (32).
75.
Prepositions.
we saw
that a Latin preposition may be used with the ablative case (65). Prepositions may also be used with the ac-
cusative: trans viam, across the road; per viam, through the road; inter vias, between the roads.
a.
Rule.
A noun
may
77.
VOCABULARY
Nouns
inter, between,
among
porta, gate
pugna,
or
fight, battle
ante,
before
(in
space
Verbs
Stem
time)
post, after, behind (in space
habeo, / have
habe-
or time )
m0 ne6,
a.
Inflect the
EXERCISES
78.
4.
8.
i.
Ante pugnam.
5.
2.
Post pugnas.
6.
3.
Post portam.
7.
Inter portas.
Per silvam.
10.
Trans
fossas.
11.
Vides.
Habes.
9.
Videtis.
Habetis.
Videmus.
12.
Habemus.
1.
79.
He
5.
sees.
2.
He
fears.
6.
3.
You
are fearing.
forest.
7.
4.
not
fear.
Behind the
We do Between
22
Memorize :
Via
trlta,
via tuta. 1
is the safe path.
Ostiensis
San Paolo
i. Vias novas video. 2. Puellae non timent. 3. Retimemus. monent? est Ubi glnam 4. Qui reglnam 5. praeda nautarum? 6. Agricolls praedam non dant. 7. Galba in
80.
Italia
copias
1
habet.
8.
is
Sagittas
copiarum
non
times.
The verb
REVIEW
9.
23
Quis trans vias epistulam et pecuniam portat? 1 1 Copiae sunt ante portam. 12. Post pugnam victoriam nuntiamus. 13. Puellae longam
trans provinciam portant.
.
Praedam
10.
epistulam
habent.
14.
Copiam
aquae
bonae
semper
habemus.
81.
3.
1.
The 4. Galba and Julia warn the good queen. 5. Who sees the farmer's little daughter? 6. Who fears the deep water? 7. (There) is a large forest between the countries. 8. The victory is not before the battle.
The new
You do
LESSON X
REVIEW
82.
The
following
list
24
REVIEW QUESTIONS
84.
2.
i.
3.
5.
What What
are the case endings of the first declension? the are personal endings of the present tense? is meant by base? 4. What is the stem of a verb?
.
What
Conjugate the present tense of sum; of voco; of video. 7. What is an indirect object? 8. How is the genitive case used? The dative? 9. Name two uses
Decline via lata.
6.
of the accusative;
two
of the ablative.
differ
10.
How
does the
ITALIA
85.
Italia est
magna
terra Europae. 1
sed paenlnsula longa est. Incolae sunt agricolae et nautae. Patriam et linguam patriae amant. Bonam reginam habent.
Reglna incolas iuvat, et vita est beata. 2 longae, quae sunt antlquae et clarae.
LESSON XI
GENDER.
86.
Gender. Latin, like English, has the masculine, femiEnglish words are masculine or nine, and neuter genders. feminine according as they signify male or female beings. So in Latin nauta is masculine and filia feminine. This is called natural gender. But in Latin many words are mascufeminine which are neuter in English. Thus, for example, aqua, via, and tuba are feminine. The gender of such words is said to be grammatical and is determined by
line or
the form or ending of the noun, without regard to its meaning. This idea is not so strange as it may seem, if we recall that
1
For new words see the general vocabulary at the end of the book. Which, nom. pi.
$
<
1-4
<
Oh
w w
25
26
we say
She is a staunch vessel," and of a ship, country and her glory, the sun and his rays.
a. All nouns of the first declension are feminine, except a few which denote males.
87.
those in
-um
are neuter.
88.
MODEL NOUN
Singular
Endings
Norn, car'rus, a (the) cart Gen. car'ri, a (the) cart's, of a (the) cart Dat. car'ro, to or for a (the) cart
Ace.
Abl.
-US
-1
-o
car'rum, a
(the) cart
-um
-5
car'ro, by or with
(the) cart
Plural
Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
-I
1 ,
carro'rum,
car'iis, to
(the) carts
of the carts
-orum
-is
Ace.
Abl.
a.
-6s
-is
What
is
89.
lar.
Vir,
man, has
declension
The
Singular
GENDER.
90.
27
VOCABULARY
1
amicus,
carrus,
-I,
-I,
Marcus,
-I,
name
servus,
vicus,
-I,
-I,
M.,
village
vir, viri,
is
M.,
man
are
equ-.
The endings
added
Memorize :
Vita sine
litterls
mors
est.
is death.
Lux
et Veritas.
EXERCISES
91.
3.
i.
2.
Legatum timent. 4. Amid servos vocant. equum vulnerat. 6. Qui legatum monent?
Sagitta
2. see the men. 92. 1. The farmers have carts. 3. You are helping Marcus. 4. Who sees the horses? 5. The slaves do not fight. 6. Who is calling the man?
We
93.
1.
Marcus equos
iuvat.
et carros habet.
2.
Marcus
agri-
4. 3. Quis inter silvas vicos videt? cus Iuliae trans vlcum epistulam portat. 5. Viri
colas
cams
Ami-
Legatum
et copias
in vlcls Italiae
8.
amlc5 habemus.
Non
estis servl
reglnae. 9. Vir et servus sunt inter vias vicl. 10. Pecuniam servls non dat. n. Legati amicls Galbae et Marci victoriam
magnam nuntiant.
12.
et
nautarum.
94. 1. The horses and carts are in the village. 2. I do not fear the friend of Marcus. 3. The girls give good water to the man's
1
The gender
In the vocabularies the genitive ending is indicated after the noun. of nouns is indicated by M., F., or N.
28
horses.
4. Where are the lieutenant and the sailor? 5. Galba's servants are warning the men. 6. The lieutenant praises (his) new troops. 7. (There) are villages and long roads in the province.
LESSON XII
THE SECOND DECLENSION: NEUTER NOUNS
APPOSITIVE AND PREDICATE NOUNS
95.
1
MODEL NOUN
Singular
Endings
Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
pl'lum, a {the) javelin pl'li, a {the) javelin's, of a {the) javelin pl'lo, to or for a {the) javelin
{the) javelin or with a {the) javelin pi'16, by
-um
-1
-6
Ace.
pl'lum, a
-um
-6
AM.
Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Plural
pi'la, {the) javelins
-a
plWrum,
pi'lis, to
-orum
-is
Ace.
Abl.
a.
-a
-is
What
is
96.
-1
Nouns
-il)
:
in -ius
in
(not
of the battle.
filio,
The other
proelio, etc.
a.
The
genitive singular of words in -ius and -ium is when this is short: impe'ri,
command.
97.
i.
son, is a sailor.
29
Galbam, fllium
ant's son.
a.
legati, video,
A noun used
noun
noun, or a
fflius
b.
in the predicate used with an intransitive or a It passive verb, to define the subject, is a predicate noun. 1 agrees with the subject, as nauta above.
and noun
98.
Rule.
Rule.
Agreement
noun
of
or
an Appositive.
A noun
it
in ap-
99.
Agreement
in case.
predicate
noun
VOCABULARY
M., son
pflum,
a
-1,
Lucius, Luci,
M., Lucius,
man's name
nuntius, nunti, M., messenger;
message
(sign) signal;
,
frumentum,
crops
N., grain;
pi.
standard (military)
cur, adv.,
why?
Memorize :
Fortes fortuna iuvat.
To
the brave
and
1 A predicate noun is usually a predicate nominative, but predicate accusative, as will be seen later (190).
may be
30
EXERCISES
2. Puellae Regina praemia dat. pila timent. 4. Filil nautam laudant. 5. Fllios 3. Proelium nuntiant. laudat. 6. habent. nauta Virl gladios 7. Frumentum 8. Nuntius pilum portat. damus. videt. 9. Signum
i oi.
i.
10.
102.
2.
Filil
et flliae
in
oppido.
dat.
5.
et flliabus
nautarum
Inter oppida et vicos est silva magna. servi; sunt nautae. 7. Gladios, pila, et sagittas
non habe-
mus. 8. Gladil, pila, et sagittae ante portam oppidi sunt. et flliam Marcl vocat. 10. Filil Galbae et 9. Fllium 11. Cur signa non videtis? Luci frumento viros iuvant.
12. Lucius, servus agricolae, magnam copiam f rumen tl non habet. 13. Agricola equis frumentum non dat.
2. The are fighting with swords and javelins. towns and villages are in the province. 3. The messenger reports the battle. 4. The farmers carry the grain through the towns of 6. The friend Italy. 5. The troops do not fight before the signal.
103.
1.
They
of the lieutenant gives a reward to the slaves. 7. swords and javelins? 8. Who are the friends of the
Who
men?
fears the
9.
The
men
Signum (Aquila)
31
LESSON XIII
THE THIRD AND FOURTH CONJUGATIONS: PRESENT INDICATIVE. THE PRESENT INFINITIVE
io4.
model verbs
Fourth Conjugation
Stem: audl-
Third Conjugation
Stem: rege-
Singular
re'go, / rule
re'gis,
1 1 au'dio, / hear
you rule
au'dis,
you hear
it)
hears
Plural
re'gimus, we rule re'gitis, you rule
re'gunt, (they) rule
audi'mus, we hear
audi'tis,
you hear
in -e (not e) compose the third and are conjugated like rego verbs with stems conjugation in -1 compose the fourth conjugation and are conjugated like
105.
audio.
a. Notice in rego that -e of the stem does not appear before -6, that it becomes -u- before -nt, and -i- before the other endings. In audio notice that -u- stands between the does the length of -i- differ in the two stem and -nt.
How
conjugations?
106.
forms.
The Present Infinitive. Latin verbs have infinitive The present infinitive active is the stem plus the endto
warn; regere,
to
rule;
audire,
to hear.
a.
What
The four conjugations, the pres107. Four Conjugations. ent indicative forms of which have now been given, include
1
The
may
also be given.
Indicative
AGREEMENT OF ADJECTIVES
113.
i.
33
2.
Copiae
terrain
venit.
defendere
debent.
Amicus
3. Legatus oppida munire debet. 4. Nuntium trans provinciam mittunt. 5. Servi venire pa6. Reglna ante portam nuntium audit. rant. 7. Reginam bonam timere non debes. 8. Servus copiam frumenti parat. 10. Cur epistulas 9. Fllios et filias amicorum defenditis. non mittis? 11. Tubam audlmus et signum videmus.
114. to fight.
is
1.
The
3.
girl is
sending
5.
letters.
2.
You ought
ant defends
(his) friends.
ought to praise the man. 6. Who Why do they not fortify the towns?
LESSON XIV
ADJECTIVES IN
115.
AGREEMENT OF ADJECTIVES
Latin adjectives have different endings, denoting gender, number, and case; not because they have these properties themselves, but because they are used with nouns having them. We have learned
that adjectives ending in -a are declined like tuba (58). These are feminine. The same adjectives have masculine
Declension of Adjectives.
like carrus,
in -urn,
first
They
MODEL ADJECTIVE
34
AGREEMENT OF ADJECTIVES
120.
35
Attributive
When an
ad-
an
attributive adjective.
cate, as in
The sword
is
is large, it is
The
;
same
distinction
made
in Latin
Gladius est
magnus.
EXERCISES
Amlcis bonis. 3. Vici parvl. 6. In oppidls 4. 5. In oppido longo. 8. Inter multos agricolas. 7. Inter servos bonos. longis. vlcum latum. 11. Multum in 10. Trans 9. In silva densa.
121.
i. 2.
parvo.
122.
ers.
4.
2. The long battles. 1. The high walls. 3. The new farmWith a large horse. 5. To the bad slave. 6. To the bad
slaves.
forests.
7.
Of the
little son.
8.
Of the
little
sons.
9.
In the dense
123.
1.
virorum.
Per silvam densam venit. 2. Estis fllii bonorum 4. Marcus, 3. Muri oppidorum sunt alti, non lati.
5. Oppida nova et agricola bonus, multos amicos habet. vicos parvos nunc defendunt. 6. Incolae Galliae sunt Galli. 7.
viri.
8.
nautae
et
9. Marcus non est Gallus, agricolae. Aedificia Gallica non sunt nova. 10.
Legatus multa
12.
Muro
2. The friends send are reporting great battles. the to aid Lucius, good farmer. 4. 3. ought many sees the long walls? Who are not friends of the bad sailors. 5. 6. The messengers are now calling the men with new trumpets.
They
letters.
We
We
The Gauls do not have broad roads in the forests. farmer's horses are small. 9. The forests of the Gauls 10. You owe much grain to the Gallic sailor. large.
7.
1
8.
The
are not
Or adherent
adjective.
36
LESSON XV
NOUNS AND ADJECTIVES IN -ER. POSSESSIVE PRONOMINAL ADJECTIVES
Nouns in -er. Some masculine
125.
nouns
the
of
the second
termination -us
and
base
field,
end
puergen.
in
-er:
ager,
agri,
base
that
agr-.
Notice
is
126.
-er.
way, some adjectives have lost the termination -us: liber, libera, liberum, free, base liber-; pulcher,
Learn pulchra, pulchrum, beautiful, base pulchr-. declension of these adjectives on pages 270 and 271.
127.
the
The
following
(thy),
dressed,
Your is expressed by tuus when one possessor by vester when two or more are addressed.
ad-
37
to which
The meaning
Iulia
of
suus
is
it refers:
i.
2.
3.
c.
amlcum suum videt, Julia sees her friend. Galba et Iulia amlcum suum vident, Galba and
when
the meaning
is
Julia
a Latin sentence
128.
ager, agri, M., field 1 liber, libri, M., book
VOCABULARY
tuus, -a, -um, (thy), your
his,
her, its,
boys
their
M., stand-
ard-bearer
liber, libera,
liberum, free
beautiful
miser,
misera,
miserum,
wretched, unfortunate
teacher
meus,
-a,
-um,
my
Memorize :
Alter ipse amicus. A friend is a second
self.
Amid
EXERCISES
EquI trans agrum veniunt. Ubi sunt multas sagittas dant. 3.
129.
i.
4.
Signifer
magnum slgnum
6.
portat.
8.
non sunt
9.
semper laudant.
1
3
10.
n. Cornelia
fllias
suas
et fllium
libera.
Ubi
est
liber
tuus?
equos
16.
Quis
meos laudo.
18.
Co-
suae
19.
defendunt.
neliam laudat.
20.
Marcus
et
Cor-
nelia
21.
magistrum
puero-
suum laudant.
Magistri
rum sunt
Standard Bearers
amlclvestrl.
3.
Marcus
5.
is
books.
We
130. 1. The boy has a new book. 2. The farmer has broad fields. 4. Cornelia praises your
6.
We We
ought
8.
to protect our friends. 7. Our country is not a province. daughters of Marcus aid the unfortunate slaves. 9.
The
see the
beautiful streets of the town. n. Where 10. Where are my slaves? are your arrows? 12. Who does not love our free country? 13.
The
ter.
The daughters
The
Note. As far as possible pupils should answer in Latin the interrogative sentences of the exercises. Thus we may answer sentence 3 of 129 bv Cornelia libros flliae tuae habet.
PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES
39
LESSON XVI
PREPOSITIONAL PHRASES
131.
VOCABULARY
Romanus,
-a,
-um, Roman
zeal, eager-
in,
prep., w.
ace, into; w.
abl., in
How
may
to say into. We have learned that the accusabe used with ante, inter, per, post, trans (77), and
The accusative
is
used with
1.
in,
meaning
into:
2.
In oppido est, he is in the town (place where). In oppidum venit, he comes into the town (place into
which)
.
say to. After verbs meaning give, report, and the like, the dative ending, as we know, expresses to; but after verbs meaning go, come, send (verbs of motion), the
133.
How to
Fflio
librum dat, he
object).
2.
Ad oppidum venit, he
Rule.
is
comes
to the
134.
The place to
with
which
regularly expressed by into which by the accusative with in. place In section 65 to say with. 135.
accusative
ad
the
How
it
is
40
denote accompaniment: Puer cum amico coming with a friend. This regularly requires cum and answers the question With whom? b. With may also denote manner:
a.
With
may
1.
Cum
care.
tlie
town with
2.
ner?
These phrases answer the questions How? In what manCum may be omitted if an adjective modifies the
Ablative of Accompaniment.
ablative.
136.
Rule.
Accompani-
ment
is
cum.
137.
Rule.
Ablative of Manner.
The manner of an
ac-
tion is expressed
omitted if
cum may
be
138.
Preposition
SUMMAEY
Denoting
Expressed by
To
To, into
dative
ad, in, -f accusative in -f ablative
In
place where
of)
ablative
< accompaniment (together with) cum + ablative [manner (in what manner) (cum 4-) ablative
EXERCISES
Nuntium ad reglnam mittunt. 2. Servl in vicum frumentum portant. 3. Copiae magna cum audacia pugnant. 4. Galbam cum filiis mels video. 5. Galll magno in cum studio oppida defendunt. 6. Virl agrum pulchrum
139.
1.
1 A preposition of one syllable, like cum, often stands between an adjective and its noun: magna cum cura, with great care.
41
veniunt.
ad
9.
portam
Cur
ad
~'^</c..x^-i,^lllr^<'" ^l1^:l:^JlJIM/1lrt^' ,,,
'I
amicos vestros epistulas 11. Lenon mittitis? gatus Marco amlco suo
''lOifw.iraviw"'-"'
.IWLNI
pecuniam
12.
non
debet.
libros
13.
pulchros
14.
dat.
Legatus cum
Gallls
pugnat.
Incolae
15
Romae
140.
sunt Roman!.
1.
Romana non
2.
portant.
girls
The
girls are
3.
The
send
letters to Julia.
slave (to the slave) a supply of 4. The farmer is leading the horse to the water. grain. 5. Galba 6. They carry the new books carefully is coming into the street.
We
owe the
(with care).
7.
The
8.
free
men ought
LESSON XVII
REVIEW OF LESSONS XI-XVI
141.
42
142.
Give English derivatives. For example, library comes from liber, book; liberal from liber, free; audience from audio.
REVIEW QUESTIONS
does the gender of Latin words differ from the gender of English words? 2. What are the case endings Of neuter of masculine nouns of the second declension? nouns? 3. How does a predicate noun differ from an ap143.
1.
How
How are the positive? 4. Decline equus, filius, signum. 5. is a comple6. What four conjugations distinguished?
mentary
venio.
infinitive?
7.
Conjugate defendo.
10.
8.
Conjugate
Decline agricola magnus. 9. 12. How do at11. How do adjectives agree with nouns? tributive and predicate adjectives differ? 13. Decline sigDecline altus.
14.
nifer.
Decline noster.
to in
15.
Distinguish
the
ways
of
expressing
Latin.
16.
ing with.
ROMA
144.
Roma
2
est
in Italia.
Magna
est
orbis
terrarum.
Altos muros et multas portas habet. Pulchra sunt aedificia Rulnas Fori RomanI nunc videmus. et templa et hortl.
LESSON XVIII
THE PASSIVE VOICE: PRESENT INDICATIVE
THE ABLATIVE OF THE AGENT
145.
The Passive
Voice.
The verbs
when
1 Omit et in translation. Latin regularly requires a conjunction to connect two adjectives belonging to the same noun. " " 2 of lands). circle Orbis terrarum, of the world (the
43
44
the subject is represented as acting or being. Latin verbs have also a passive voice, when the subject is acted upon.
Active
Passive
(is
praising),
The
boy is laudatur.
praised,
puer
seeing),
puer
The boy
is seen,
puer videtur.
146.
Passive Endings.
The present
indicative passive
is
Plural
/
1
-mur, we
-mini, you
-ntur, (they)
Second Person -ris (-re), thou, you Third Person -tur, (he, she, it)
147.
model verbs
Second Conjugation
Singular
First Conjugation
a'mor 2 /
,
am
loved
mo'neor,
mone'tur,
Plural
7"
am warned 3
warned
ama'tur,
mone'mur, we
are
warned
a. In dare, the infinitive of do, give, the -a- is short, conThe passive present indicative is dor, trary to rule (43 a). daris, datur, damur, darnini, dantur. b. Conjugate the present passive of laudo, nuntio, vulnero ; timeo, video. less common ending -re is omitted in this book. added to the corresponding active form, not to the stem. 3 The progressive meanings / am being loved, I am being warned are sometimes used.
1
The
r is
45
VOCABULARY
supero,
superare,
overcome,
Garumna,
defeat -ae, M., the Garonne, vasto, vastare, devastate a river of Gaul
the Seine, a
lay
waste,
numerus,
-1,
M., number
ab before vowels
149.
i.
2.
the
is
Notice that nautae, the subject of the active verb laudant, put in the ablative with the passive verb laudatur. The
ablative here denotes the doer or agent of the action answers the question By whom?
a.
and
something
ablative of the agent denotes a person by whom is done, with a (ab) meaning by. The ablative of means (66) denotes a thing by or with which something is done, without a Latin preposition.
The
150.
is
Rule.
With a passive
whom an
act
done
is expressed
Memorize :
Tempora mutantur,
et nos
mutamur
in
illis.
EXERCISES
Laudor, videor. 2. Accusamur, docemur. 3. Porvulneraminl. doceris. taris, 4. Vocamini, 5. Datur, timetur. 6. Iuvantur, timentur.
151.
1.
46
152.
feared.
i.
You
are
is
4.
7.
1.
They
We
5.
are
wounded.
are seen.
3. 6.
We
are
They
It is re-
ported.
He
aided.
8.
You
153.
man!
4.
Gallos
Ab amico meo
6. Regina a. magno numero puellarum amatur. 7. Cornelia, 8. Cur nauta Romanus accufilia mea, a Galba docetur.
10. In agros copiarum vulneramur. 12. Multa praemia 11. Slgnum tuba datur. vocamini. Romanorum ab incolls non 13. Copiae pueris dantur. timentur. 14. Multi equ! et cam in viis Romae videntur. 16. Ro15. Victoria Romanorum a signifero nuntiatur. man! agros Celtarum inter Sequanam et Garumnam vastant. 17. Agri Celtarum a copiis Romanls vastantur.
satur?
9.
Sagittis
154.
4.
number
We
Galba teaches a great are 3. Many boys taught by Galba. girls. are called into the town. 5. You (sing.) are warned by the
1.
The
grain
is
carried
by
slaves.
2.
of
boys and
7. You messenger. 6. I am praised by the Roman lieutenant. 8. Why is the good queen (pi.) are not seen by your friends. feared? 9. Who is defeating the Roman farmers?
LESSON XIX
THE PASSIVE VOICE: PRESENT INDICATIVE (COMPLETED)
THIRD CONJUGATION IN -IO
155.
model verbs
Fourth Conjugation
Singular
au'dior, /
audi'ris,
Third Conjugation
re'gor, I
re'geris,
am
ruled
am
heard heard
ruled
47
156.
end
in
Verbs in -zo. Some verbs of the third conjugation -io and are distinguished from those of the fourth
conjugation by the infinitive ending -ere: capio, capere, take. They are inflected like audio, but the -i- is short throughout
48
160.
i.
Roma
munltur.
3.
2.
Roman!
longam
copias
Gallorum
debes.
vincere
parant.
Epistulam
scrlbere
4. Copiae pila iacere docentur. 5. Nauta praedam capere parat. 6. Vlcus magno cum studio defenditur. 7. Epistulae
Porta Asinaria
Showing part
of the wall about
Rome
magna cum
mittitur.
9.
cura. scrlbuntur.
8.
Puer
in
EquI agricolae
oppida
a.
Gallis
12.
defendor.
regimur. Celtae cum oppidanis bellum gerere cupiunt. 15. oppidanos vincere cupiunt.
non
viam ducuntur. 10. Magna muniuntur. 11. A magno numero amlcorum A copiis Romanls vincimini. 13. A reglna, 14. Signa trans agrum non audiuntur.
in
16.
Celtae
49
do the
The
2.
Why
Roman
troops hurl javelins? 3. Who is captured by the Gauls? 4. We are not conquered; we are free. 5. You are sent (as) a messenger (99) to (133) the queen. 6. You (pi.) are heard by your daughters. 8. The 7. The town is being fortified by Marcus, the lieutenant.
province
is
ruled
by the queen's
friend.
9.
LESSON XX
THE THIRD DECLENSION: NOUNS IN
162.
-I, -6,
-R
Genitive Singular. The third declension is composed nouns whose genitive singular ends in -is. There is no common ending for the nominative singular. The base and declension are to be learned, therefore, from the genitive, which is given after the nominative in the vocabularies. 163. Gender. Nouns of the third declension are mascuMasculine and feminine nouns line, feminine, or neuter. have the same case endings. Nouns in -tor are masculine: victor, victor; most nouns in -io are feminine: natio, nation.
of
164.
MODEL NOUNS
consul, consul
M.
victor,
victor
M.
pater,
M.
natio, F.
father
patr-
nation nationEndings
na/tio
Base
consul-
victor-
SlNGUXAR
Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
con'sul
con'sulis
c5n'suli
vic'tor
victo'ris
victo'ii
pa'ter
pa'tris
pa'tii
natio'nis
natio'nl
-is
-1
con'sulem
con'sule
victo'rem pa'trem
victo're
natio'nem
natio'ne
-em
-e
AM.
pa'tre
50
Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
Ace.
Abl.
165.
con'sules
victo'res
pa'tres
natio'nes
-es
con'sulum
victo'rum
pa'trum
natio'num
-um
-ibus
-es
-ibus
homo,
Plural
Nom. ho'mo
Gen.
Dat.
ho'mines
ho'minis
ho'minum
homi'nibus
ho'mini
Ace.
Abl.
166.
ho'minem
ho'mine
ho'mines homi'nibus
VOCABULARY
1
M., sun
M.,
victor
mater, matris,
frater, fratris,
F.,
mother
2
M., brother
commander, general
mercator,
trader
a.
mercatoris,
M.,
man 3
EXERCISES
167.
i.
Consules Roman!.
4.
2.
A consule Romano.
4
sulibus Romanis.
1
Cum
sorore mea.
5.
ConSororis meae.
3.
republic there were two presidents, called consuls. division of the Roman army was the legion, corresponding to our regiment. It numbered 6000 foot soldiers when fully recruited. 3 Homo means man as opposed to lower animals or to the gods; vir means man as opposed to woman. 4 A possessive adjective, unless emphatic, follows its noun.
In the
Roman
The main
51
Sororum mearum.
9.
7.
Mercatori magno.
10.
toribus magnis.
168.
1.
Pater noster.
8. A mercaMatres nostrae.
mander.
169.
9.
1.
2. Of the small nations. 3. Between With the legions. 5. Of your brother. 6. To 8. Of the Gallic com7. The good commanders. To the free man. 10. Many human beings.
small nation.
Solem non semper videnius. 2. Galll in proelio non sunt victores. 3. Magna praemia victoribus dantur. 4. Marcus est imperator legionum Romanarum. 5. Agricolae a mercatoribus monentur.
vocant.
7.
ad
10.
matrem
Puerl servos patris sui Iulia epistulam matri dat. 8. Cornelia epistulas fratres consulis iuvant. scrlbit. 9. Nautae
6.
11. Fratres mercatoris a Regina sororem Marc! laudat. 12. Multae nationes a legionibus supecopils capiuntur.
rantur.
venit.
13.
trans
provinciarn
14.
1.
The sun is large. 2. The boy is taught by his father. warn the farmers. 4. We are good friends of the 3. The traders. 6. Galba is the 5. legions are led by the consul. little son of the commander. The is 7. girl coming with her sisters. 8. The Gauls are a great nation. The commander is sending 9.
170.
The
traders
men
to the town.
LESSON XXI
THE THIRD DECLENSION: NOUNS IN
-S
AND -X
hiems, winter ; princeps, chief. Bases in -d- or -t- drop these letters in the nominative: pes, foot, for peds, from base ped-; virtus, manliness, for virtuts, from base virtut-.
Bases in -c- or -g- have -x in the nominative, standing or -gs (6): dux, leader, for dues, from base due-; rex, king, for regs, from base reg-.
a.
for -cs
52
172.
Nouns
Nouns
MODEL NOUNS
rex,
M.
dux,
M.
pes,
M.
miles,
M.
llbertas, F.
53
Palma non
The palm
without
is
won
effort.
EXEBCISES
176. I. Caesar Milites magna erat
consul
Romanus;
3.
non
erat
rex.
2.
cum
4.
virtute pugnant.
Llbertas servls
vulnerantur.
a
5.
victore
datur.
Duces
6.
Gallorum
pills
Puer erat
filius equitis.
7.
mittuntur.
Multa
plla
a militibus iaciuntur.
iuvatis?
9.
Cur
ducem
clvitatis vestrae
non
novum
11.
Erat magnus equitum numerus in Italia. Equites Romanos videre debemus. 12. Civitatem pardat.
10.
vam
14.
iuvare paramus.
13.
Consul in provincia
mllitis boni.
plla dat.
15.
Era-
mus amid
Roman Horsemen
54
177*
!
The king
praises the valor of his troops. 3. Men ought to love liberty. 4. The victory is reported to the leaders. 5. The queen's horsemen
6. A messenger is sent by the chief. 7. The 8. The king's son and conquering many states. daughter were in the forest.
are
LESSON XXII
THE THIRD DECLENSION: NEUTER NOUNS
IN -MEN, -US
and end
in -a.
Nouns
in
-men
(gen. -minis)
and -us
179.
MODEL NOUNS
flumen, N. opus, N. work river
tempus, N.
time
caput, N.
head
capit-
Base
flumin-
oper-
temporSingular
Endings
Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
flu'men
flu'minis
flu'mini
o'pus
o'peris
o'peri
tem'pus
tem'poris
ca'put
ca'pitis
ca'piti
-e -a
-i
-is
tem'pori
Ace.
Abl.
flu'men
flu'mine
o'pus
o'pere
tem'pus
tem'pore Plural
ca'put
ca'pite
Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
flu'mina
o'pera
tem'pora
ca'pita
flu'minum
o'perum
tem'porum
ca'pitum
-um
-ibus
-a
Ace.
Abl.
flumi'nibus ope'ribus tempo'ribus capi'tibus flu'mina tem'pora ca'pita o'pera flumi'nibus ope'ribus tempo'ribus capi'tibus
-ibus
55
Plural
e'rimus, we shall be
e'ro, / shall be
e'ris, (ihou wilt be),
e'rit, (he, she, it)
you
will be
e'ritis,
you
will be
will be
181.
VOCABULARY
-I,
annus,
M., year agmen, agminis, N., army flumen, fluminis, N., river
name
head;
N.,
propter,
prep.,
w.
ace,
on
capital
a.
account of
Decline
EXERCISES
182.
est
Lata provincia est inter fltimina. 2. Nomen pueri Marcus. 3. Magnum agmen non habemus. 4. Capita
i.
equorum
dant.
catores
9.
6.
agricolae video.
5.
lau-
Propter tempus annl mllites non pugnant. 7. Mer8. Erimus cum mercatoribus. in vico erunt.
Propter
clvitas
erit
libera.
56
10.
Terrae fluminibus dividuntur. n. Agmini magno copiam frumenti dant. 12. Terra vestra agmine magno defenditur. 14. Agmen trans provin13. Praeda inter nautas dividitur.
ciam venit
183.
1.
15.
tui?
The
were
is
Roman
6.
names.
broad and deep. 2. Julia and Marcus The 3. kings have large armies. 4. Rome The town is fortified by the work of the 5.
to praise the
soldiers.
You ought
good work.
Who
will
LESSON XXIII
THE IMPERFECT TENSE, INDICATIVE ACTIVE
THE PREDICATE ACCUSATIVE
184.
Tenses.
There are
im-
and future
perfect.
185.
Tense Endings
ama/bam, I was
loving,
I loved
loved
-bam
-bas
she, it)
ama'bas, you were loving, you loved ama'bat, (he, she, it) was loving, (he,
Plural
-bat
amaba'mus, we were
loving,
we
loved loved
-bamus
-batis
amaba'tis, you were loving, you ama'bant, (they) were loving, (they) loved
186.
-bant
tense sign is an element in a verb to indicate time, corresponding to the English auxiliary words was, shall, will, etc. The imperfect tense is formed by add-
Tense Sign.
ing to the stem the tense sign -ba- and the personal endings -m, -s, -t, -mus, -tis, -nt. -ba- is shortened to -ba- before
-m,
1
-t,
-nt (7
b).
is
The
ending.
57
In the other conjugations the models are mone-bam, / was warning, I warned; rege-bam, / was ruling, I ruled; capie-bam, / was taking, I took; audie-bam, / was hearing, I
heard.
final -e- of
the
stem (rege-)
a.
b.
lengthened (rege-), and that there is an addiverbs of the third and fourth conjugations.
Learn the conjugation of these models given on page 281. Conjugate also the imperfect active of paro, habed,
Tense. The imperfect indicaan act or state as continuing in past time, like the English past progressive: Caesar copias laudabat, Caesar was praising the troops.
188.
Time
of the Imperfect
tive represents
189.
VOCABULARY
F.,
Germania, -ae,
Germany
bank
call
Germanus,
-1,
M., a Ger-
appello,
appellare,
1
(by
man
Germanus, -a, -urn, German Rhenus, -1, M., the Rhine Rhodanus, -1, M., the Rhone
190.
i.
name), name
navigo, navigare,
sail,
navigate
2.
appellant, they call the land Gaul. the land is called Gaul.
is
In the
sentence terram
predicate accusative.
191.
like take
Rule.
The
verbs
name,
call,
cate accusative.
1
To
call in
the sense of
summon.
58
Memorize
Dum
EXERCISES
192.
1.
Laudabam,
videbam.
iaciebam.
2.
Mittebam,
4.
muniehabe-
bam.
bat.
7.
3.
5.
Dabam
(43 a),
Portabat,
Defendebat, muniebat.
8.
6.
Vocabatis, docebatis.
9.
Nuntiabamus.
Vinceba-
193.
4.
dividing.
writing.
7.
10.
3. You were leading. sailing. were 6. They were 5. They accusing. were 8. I was They coming. carrying. 9. He was We were taking.
2.
You were
59
194. i. Pater pueros docebat. 2. Agricola equis f rumenturn dabat. 3. Viri pila iaciebant. 4. Munire parabamus.
5.
Miles
magna cum
virtiite
7.
pugnabat.
6.
Multas epistulas
Caesar, imperator Romanus, magno agmine regem superabat. 8. Quis trans flumen niintios mitmultos carros habebant. tebat? 9. Mercatores in vlco
10.
ami cis
tuis scrlbebas.
civitatis
Pueri equites Gallicos in via videbant. 11. Prlnceps 12. Magna cum ciira homines miseros iuvabat.
epistulam scrlbebam. 13. Cur fratrem ducis capiebant? 14. Incolae Germaniae GermanI appellantur. 15. GermanI trans Rhenum incolunt. 16. Fllil mercatoris ad ripam fluminis navigabant.
195.
soldiers
1.
17.
Roman!
was
The
lieutenant
The German
were defending the towns. 3. We were coming across the street. 4. I was coming with my friends. 5. The consul was leadThe sailors were into Gaul. 6. a dividing the booty. ing large army a sword and a The slave was javelin. 8. The Rhone is 7. carrying a long river of Gaul. 9. The name of the boy's brother was Lucius.
LESSON XXIV
THE IMPERFECT TENSE, INDICATIVE PASSIVE
QUESTIONS AND ANSWERS
196.
Tense Endings
-bar
-baris
amaba'tur,
was
{being) loved
-batur
Plural
amaba'mur, we were
{being) loved
-bamur
-bamini -bantur
amaba'minl, you were {being) loved amaban'tur, {they) were {being) loved
6o
Questions. Quis, qui, ubi, and cur have been used to introduce Latin questions. When there is no special ina terrogative word, question may be indicated by the en197.
clitic
-ne
1.
emphatic) word.
2.
Tubamne puer
does the boy hear the trumpet? audit? does the boy hear the trumpet?
the boy
3.
hear
the
trumpet?
a. -ne has no meaning by itself; it is merely the sign of a question. b. If the answer yes is implied, the question begins with nonne: Nonne puer audit? does not the boy hear? If the answer no is implied, the question begins with num: Num puer audit? the boy does not hear, does he?
Answers. The answer yes is usually expressed by repeating the verb of the question; the answer no, by repeating the verb with a negative. Thus audit or non audit an198.
199.
vocabulary
-ae,
amicitia,
F.
(amicus),
the Belgae
friendship
strengthen
(liber),
set
libero,
Hberare,
Belgians
free, liberate
captivus,
tive,
-1,
M.
(capio), cap-
nonne,
interrog.
adv.,
not?
prisoner
pedes, peditis,
M.
(pes), /0c/
61
EXERCISES
Laudatne? 2. Laudabatne? 3. Nonne laudabat? 6. Mittebatur, 5. Laudabatur, videbatur. 4. Laudaturne? 8. Defendemuniebatur. Portabamur, timebamur. 7. bamur, capiebamur. 9. Vocabantur, docebantur. 10. Duce200.
i.
bantur, iaciebantur.
201.
1.
11.
Videturne?
2. You were being warned. 3. He You aided. were was being heard. 4. were, you were 5. being were 6. being conquered. 7. Do They sending, you were sent. you give? 8. Did you give? 9. Was he seen? 10. Was he not
We
seen?
202.
2.
rex.
4.
Puellaene erunt
5.
tuis?
Tela a militi-
bus iaciebantur.
6.
NSnne slgnum
7.
imperatoris audiebatur?
Galll a
8.
patri-
9.
Multi
in
Italiam
ducebantur.
captlvos
Princeps
11.
12,
civitatis
liberabat.
consule
Romano
llberaminl.
dux 13. Eratne oppidanorum. 14. Cum peditum cum consule? civitatibus pacem et amlcitiam confirmare cupiebat.
15.
Belgae inter
incolunt.
fortified
Sequanam
203.
1.
et
Rhenum
by many men. 2. Marcus was sent (as) a messenger. 3. I was advised by my brother. friend. 5. The captive's 4. You were being praised by the consul's 6. The victory was being sister was before the gate of the chief.
village.
7.
Was
62
LESSON XXV
REVIEW OF LESSONS XVHI-XXIV
204.
VOCABULARY
agmen
63
TERRAE EUROPAE
Britannia, Gallia, Germania, Hispania, sunt terrae Britannia, magna Insula, contra Galliam est. Europae.
206.
Galll et
Roman!
Britanniam navigant.
Gallia
inter
flumen et Oce'anum posita 1 est. Fliimina Galliae sunt Rhodanus, Sequana, Matrona, Garumna, Axona, Arar. Genava et Massilia sunt oppida Gallica.
Rhenum
Belgae et Celtae et AquitanI Galliam incolunt. In Germania sunt Trans Rhenum incolunt German!.
silvae latae et
rlpls
multa
fliimina.
Pulchr! vie!
Germanorum
in
RhenI sunt.
Hispania, terra clara Hispanorum, erat provincia sed Germania non erat provincia.
Romana,
LESSON XXVI
THE THIRD DECLENSION: GENITIVE PLURAL
207.
IN -IUM
nubes, cloud; hostis, enemy; mons, mountain; nox, night; animal, animal; insigne, decoration,
of
page 269.
208.
The Genitive
Plural.
The
-ium
Neuter
nouns
in
-e,
-al,
or -ar:
Insigne,
animal
calcar (spur).
1
Situated.
64
209.
in -is or -es.
210.
The accusative plural ends In this book only -es is used. Ablative Singular. The ablative singular ends
Plural.
in -1 or -e in
some words:
-ia in the
Neuters in -e, -al, or -ar have -1 in the ablative singular, nominative and accusative plural.
211.
VOCABULARY
navis, navis, F., ship
tenth of a legion)
hostis, hostis, M.,
enemy;
pi.,
enemy
tion,
badge
EXERCISES
212.
1.
2.
Dux
hostium erat miles bonus. 3. Agricola animalibus partem frumenti dabat. 4. Erant decern cohortes in legione Romana. 5. Quis erat dux cohortium? 6. Videsne pulchrum montem? 7. Nonne urbs muris latis munitur? 8. Nomen
urbis
10.
est
FiliT et
hostibus
navT.
capiebantur.
Galll
n.
magna
cum
1
virtute
65
nights will not be long. 2. Rome is a large city of 4. The 3. Many animals were seen on (in) the mountain. Italy. are new. boy has the soldier's badge. 5. The soldiers' badges 6 The general was conquering the enemy with ten cohorts. 7. The
The
sailors
ships.
^
a
' :
<,-'
',
Roman War
Ship
LESSON XXVII
THE THIRD DECLENSION: GENDER; SPECIAL NOUNS
As we have seen, the gender of nouns of 214. Gender. the third declension cannot be determined by the nominative
singular, as in the first
It
must be
Nouns
in -al, -e,
-men, -us
neuter: animal,
66
215.
VOCABULARY
N.
pi.,
castra, castrorum,
camp
iter,
itineris,
N.,
journey,
number
pons, pontis, M., bridge
vis, vis, F., force; pi., strength
facio, facere,
facere,
of iter
march
page
269.
and
vis,
EXERCISES
216.
et fossa
i.
Milites
Roman!
castra
defendebant.
3
2.
Muro
semper muniebant. 3. Ad portam castrorum pugnabant. 4. Signiferi slgna in castra portant. non 6. Erant multa itinera ad urbem. Iter erit longum. 5. 8. Copiae longo 7. Agmen per provinciam iter faciebat.
castra
itinere
ducuntur.
10.
9.
Mons
multittidine
hominum
tene-
Multitudo Gallorum per terram ducebatur. multitudinem equitum habebant. 12. Estne mare altum? 13. Multae naves sunt in 4 marl. 14. Vim facere 5 16. Pontem latum 15. Consul vl viam facit. parabant. 6 in numine faciebamus. 17. Caesar ponte trans flumen agmen dticit. 18. Cur magnas naves non faciunt? 19. Altitudo montis non est magna.
batur.
11.
Galli
217.
seas?
5.
1.
Do you
3.
of the river.
4.
fear the deep sea? 2. He fears the great force see the mountains, the rivers, and the
We
number
of
men.
6.
Ten
The
At.
plural
The
singular form
tastrum,
2
3 *
The passive
On.
irregular (597).
6 8
To
use.
LESSON XXVIII
THE ABLATIVE CASE: SEPARATION; PLACE FROM WHICH
218.
a, ab, prep.,
VOCABULARY
w.
abl.,
away
absum
(ab
+ sum),
from
e, ex, prep.,
w.
pertinere
(per
from
periculum, -I, N.
a.
b.
,
danger
from; de, down from; ex, out from. consonants except h; ex, like E, ab, before vowels or consonants (148 a).
like a, stands before
Ab means away
219.
How
to say from.
We
expresses: a. by a person or thing (the agent or the means). b. with a person or thing (denoting accompaniment, means, or manner).
in a place (the place where). The ablative is also used to express from a person or thing:
c.
1. 2.
Cura regem
from
care.
dividit, the
Rhine
An
From what
ablative answering the question From what person? 1 thing? is called an ablative of separation.
"
1 The ablative case is named from this use, for the case of " taking away."
ablative
"
means
68
220. The ablative expressing separation is used with such verbs as separate, divide, differ, defend, deprive, refrain, move,
set free, lack, be absent.
221.
Rule.
Ablative of Separation.
Verbs denoting sepacomplete their meaning, with or withused when the ablative denotes a
A
A
preposition
is
person.
literal,
preposition is regularly used when the separation is as in 219, 2. c. preposition is regularly omitted when the separation is figurative, as in 219, 1.
b.
222.
Ab urbe
venit, he comes
2.
Roma
Rule.
venit,
expressed by the ablative with ab, de, or ex; but the preposition is omitted with
223.
names
of towns.
Memorize :
Factum fieri mfectum non What has been done cannot Facta non verba.
Deeds not words.
potest.
be undone.
EXERCISES
224.
aftsunt.
1.
2.
Epistulam ab amico exspecto. 4. Plla de muro alto iaciebantur. 5. Oppidum Gallicum a provincia Romana a, montibus ad mare pertinet. 6. Terra longe aberat. in oppidum iter faciebant. novae e castrls 7. Legiones 8. Prlnceps bonus ab hostibus clvitatem defendit. 9. Legatus mllites ab opere vocabat. 10. Vicus a ponte longe abest.
11.
vides?
12.
Cur fratrem
69
fru-
13.
Nautae ex navibus
225. 1. The slaves were being sent out of the villages. 2. We ought to free our city from danger. 3. The animals were not far away from the forest. 4. He was expecting a messenger from 1 the consul. 5. Who was defending the bridge from the army of the enemy? 6. The camp extended from the river to the mountain. a javelin (down) from the bridge into the water. 7. The boy throws
Roman
LESSON XXIX
THE FUTURE TENSE, INDICATIVE (CONJUGATIONS
226.
I
AND
II)
Tense Sign. The future tense of the first and second conjugations is formed by adding to the present stem the tense sign -bi- and the personal endings. In the first person
singular -i- of the tense sign disappears before the ending
1
70
-6
;
in the sec-
ama/bo, /
shall love
mone'bo, /
will love
shall cove
ama/bimus, we
warn 2 -bo -bis mone'bis, you will warn 3 -bit mone'bit, (he) will warn we shall warn -bimus mone'bimus, -bitis mone'bitis, you will warn mone'bunt, (they) will warn -bunt
shall
228.
Passive Voice
mone'bor, / shall be warned -bor
mone'beris, you will be
-beris
will
you
3
be
warned
will be
ama/bitur, (he)
loved
mone'bitur, (he)
will be
-bitur
warned
shall be
ama/bimur, we
loved
mone'bimur, we warned
shall be
-bimur
-bimini
warned
(they)
amabun'tur,
be loved
will
monebun'tur, warned
(they) will be
-buntur
229.
vocabulary
pi.,
arms,
paratus,
-a,
-urn,
(paro),
first
decimus,
tenth
-a,
-um, (decern),
and
3
also
Or /
shall be loving.
Or I
shall be warning.
Or
she, or
it.
71
a. Et, the common conjunction, simply connects; -que combines more closely and is attached to the second of the connected words: terra mareque, the land and the sea. Atque (ac) throws emphasis upon the second connected word or phrase: terra atque mare, the land and also the sea. Atque may stand before a vowel or a consonant, ac only before
consonants.
EXERCISES
230.
cabit,
2.
Portabis, timebis.
5.
3.
Vo-
habebimus.
7.
Nuntiabitis,
tenebitis.
8.
6.
Vocabor, docebor.
231.
4.
We
You
shall expect.
5.
2.
We
12.
shall see.
6.
You
will teach.
8.
They
will fight.
9.
free.
7.
shall
overcome.
11.
I shall have.
He
10.
He
will
be
held.
will
be called.
They
be seen.
2. Marcus, ami232. 1. Puella a patre sud laudabitur. cus noster, pueros docebit. 3. Multos amlcos in urbe ha-
bebimus.
iuvabimur.
7.
4.
6.
Cura
llberaberis.
5.
A
8.
nationibus
Gallicis
bit?
Montemne
12.
regis appellabimini.
pilumque.
13.
Arma
mllitis
Prmcipes civitatis orationemconsulis laudabant. 14. Decima legio iter facere erit parata. 15. Nationes pacem atque amicitiam confirmant.
233.
1.
The boys
will
be taught by Galba.
2.
The
trader will
praise his daughter. 3. The messenger will give a letter to the king. 4. You will see the high mountains. 5. The slaves will be freed from peril. 6. I shall call the men out of the field. 7. Who
will report
the
first
72
The
LESSON
XXX
but -a-
other persons.
235.
/ shall rule
I shall hear
re'gam
re'ges
re'get
ca'piam
ca'pies
ca'piet
au'diam
au'dies
au'diet
rege'mus
rege'tis
capie'mus
capie'tis
audie'mus
audie'tis
re'gent
ca'pient
au'dient
73
Passive Voice
I shall be taken
ca'piar
capie'ris
/ shall be ruled
re'gar
rege'ris
I shall be heard
au'diar
audie'ris
rege'tur
capie'tur
audie'tur
rege'mur
rege'mini
regen'tur
a.
capie'mur
capie'mini
capien'tur
audie'mur
audie'mini
audien'tur
237.
VOCABULAEY
-1,
consilium,
finis,
N., plan
finis,
M.,
end;
socius,
soci
(96),
M.,
ace,
ally,
boundaries, territory
finitimus,
bor
liberi,
-1,
confederate
M.
(finis),
neigh-
apud, prep., w.
with,
-orum, M.
pi.,
children
EXERCISES
238. 1. Mittam, muniam. 2. Defendis, defendes. 3. Du5. Vincimini, vin4. Scribimus, scrlbemus. citur, ducetur. dlvident. cemini. 6. Dlvidunt, 7. Capient, capientur.
239.
1.
They
2.
We
are making,
5.
we
shall
make.
3.
You
will
be defended.
4.
He
will
come.
You
be
8. I shall will be conquered. 6. will fortify. 7. I shall be. shall lead, we shall be led. away. 9. I shall be sent. 10.
He
We
ad sordrem suam librum pulchrum mittet. 2. Legatus in Galliam cum copils mittetur. 3. Urbem magna a Flliae cum audacia defendemus. 4. regis perlculo defen240.
1.
lulia
dentur.
sulis
1
Legiones ex castris ducentur. 6. Nonne films conagmen diicet? 7. Multis proeliis vincetis. 8. Multae
5.
74
runt?
10.
Per terram
novam
Mllites ante
signum
plla
non
iacient.
12.
Galli portas
urbium suarum
Consilia sociorum ab exploratoribus nuntia2 buntur. 14. Liberl mittentur obsides. 15. Apud llberos 16. Obsides erunt apud regem. erit fllius ducis. 17. Fhlmen
munient.
13.
Rhodanus
will
est in flnibus
Gallorum.
241. 1. Marcus will write a letter to his father. 2. The letters be written by the slaves. 3. I shall come with your brother. You will not be far away from the town. 4. 5. The boys will make new arrows. 6. We shall make a way into the forest. 7. The 8. The tribe will javelins will be thrown (down) from the wall. make peace with the neighbors.
LESSON XXXI
ADJECTIVES OF THE THIRD DECLENSION
all
Adjectives of two endings one for the masculine and feminine, the other for the neuter: fortis, M. and F., forte,
N.; base, fort-.
Adjectives of three endings, differing for each gender: acer, M., acris, F., acre, N., sharp; base, acr-. Most adjectives of the third declension, 243. Endings.
3.
except comparatives, have -i in the ablative singular, -ium in the genitive plural, -is or -es in the accusative plural,
1
As
hostages (99).
75
masculine and feminine, and -ia in the nominative and accusative plural neuter.
Learn the declension of the models potens, acer, as given on page 272.
a.
fortis,
and
244.
locus,
-I,
VOCABULARY
M.
-a,
(pl.,loca,
-orum,
N.), place
gratus,
omnis, omne,
every, all
-um,
pleasing,
1
agreeable
audax
nearest,
daring
fit
245.
i
.
2.
3.
Locus
was
suitable for a
camp.
Notice that after proxima, similis, and idoneus the noun to which the quality is directed is in the dative. This construction 246.
called the dative with adjectives. The dative is used with adjectives meaning Rule.
is
near, like,
opposites.
1
equal, friendly,
pleasing,
suitable,
and
their
of quantity, like
70
the
mind*
The reward
EXERCISES
247.
1.
2.
meis
gratae
Imperator
videt.
5.
castris
idoneum locum
grati
4.
Sumusne
reginae?
Galll
multitudine 1
pares.
hominum
6.
Niin-
sunt
audaces;
8.
magna
Potens
cum
tur.
audacia.
pugnant.
clvitas
puerls
11.
dabimus.
ex
et fortes
12.
10.
Cur
omne
frumentum
Multos debemus.
navibus
portant?
homines habere
Erat proelium acre cum copiis hostium. 13. Copiae acres slgnum exspectabant. 14. In Italia sunt multa et pulchra loca.
15.
Labor omnia 2
1.
vincit.
The letter is pleasing to the The beautiful books will be 3. The small pleasing to your brother. field was not fit for a camp. 4. Our village is next to the river. 6. The 5. The cohort will be captured by the daring horsemen. The will for all the soldiers. be 7. army is not danger equal 8. The captives are like the far away from powerful tribes. slaves. 9. Marcus and the leader's sons are brave men.
248.
Standard -Bearer
trader.
2.
In number.
77
LESSON XXXII
THE PERFECT TENSE, INDICATIVE ACTIVE
249. Principal Parts. Verbs have four principal parts, so called because all forms of the verb may be derived from
them.
itive,
They
noun
form).
s.
78
252.
I have ruled
ama/vi
amavis'ti
ama'vit
ama/vimus
amavis'tis
amave'runt
a.
took,
With the same endings conjugate and audivi, / have heard, I heard.
cepi,
/ have taken, I
79
A Roman Emperor
in Military Attire
EXERCISES
254.
I.
mus. 5. 9. Misimus.
4.
8.
Dedi-
Docuit.
Vocavit-
10.
Muniverunt.
11.
Vidimus.
12.
8o
255.
4.
1.
He
has taken.
5.
2.
He
has heard.
6.
3.
They have
feared.
taken.
7.
have praised.
10.
You
We
wrote.
You
sent.
9.
I defended.
We
fought.
Servus bonus multas epistulas scrlpsit. 2. Ad miserunt. Multa et Caesarem, imperatorem, legatos 3. idonea loca vldit. 4. Opusne fecisti? 5. Ubi fuerunt nautae? 6. Nonne consilium audivistl? 7. Pater cum flliis at256.
1.
Via ab fmmine ad montem pertinebat. 10. Tuba slgnum dedit. n. Dux 9. 12. Servos incolarum propter virtutem copias laudavit.
que
filiabus venit.
8.
Dux
signa dabat.
llberavimus.
14.
13.
Incolae
1.
cum
The
finitimis
bellum gesserunt.
2.
257.
We
3.
have been
girls.
friends.
in the city.
horses have
5.
come
to the bridge.
conquered the Gauls? 6. Did you see the beautiful buildings of the city? 7. Why have they devastated the fields of the neighbors?
many
rewards to the
Who
258.
laudo
iuvo
a.
laudare
iuvare
laudavi
iuvi
laudatum iutum
With
paro,
porto,
Second Conjugation
debeo doceo habeo
pertineo teneo
debere
timeo
vide5
8l
defendere
duco
gero
incolo
mitto
scrlbo
vinco
cupio
facio
iacio
&2
is
-um, taken, having been taken audTtus, -a, -um, heard, having been heard
cap'tus, -a,
a.
This participle
is
-um.
261. Perfect Indicative Passive.
The
perfect indicative
passive
is
compound
ticiple and sum: amatus (-a) sum, / have been loved, I was loved amatus (-a) es, you have been loved, you were loved amatus (-a, -um) est, {he, she, it) has been loved, was loved
amati (-ae) sumus, we have been loved, we were loved amati (-ae) estis, you have been loved, you were loved amati (-ae, -a) sunt, {they) have been loved, were loved
a.
The ending
of the participle depends upon the gender of the subject: thus pater amatus est, but filia
In the same way conjugate monitus sum, / have been warned, rectus sum, / have been ruled, captus sum, / have been taken, auditus sum, / have been heard.
262.
VOCABULARY
M.,
citizen
scutum, centum,
adj.),
-1,
N., shield
(indeclinable
populus,
-1,
-1,
Quintus,
Sextus,
hundred
-1,
M., Sextus
83
EXERCISES
263.
4.
i.
Vocatus
est.
2.
Visi
6.
sunt.
3.
Missi
sumus.
7.
Laudatae sunt.
Doc-
Iacta sunt.
10.
Non
victi
sumus.
1.
264.
called
2.
(or,
He
been heard.
4. We have She has been expected. 6. You have been defended. 7. It has been. 8. It has been reported.
(or,
was
led).
5.
tum men
4.
Scutum
centurionis
3.
erat
et
Sextus.
Quintus
a
Sexto,
Sextus
erant
elves
est.
Romanl.
5.
Quintus
centurione,
laudatus
Scu-
tum
Quint! non grave erat. 6. Scuta nova mllitibus data 8. Populus Romanus sunt. 7. Scuta nova mllitum vidl.
cum
10.
civitatibus Galliae
pacem
faciet.
9.
Ab
Castra a centurionibus
munita sunt.
populo
Romano
defensi sumus.
12. Magno cum perlculo superatl sunt. 14. A 13. Ad elves niintius missus sum.
es.
266. 1. Many tribes in Gaul have been subdued. 2. The boy has been warned. 3. The animals have been seen in the forest. 4. A beautiful shield was carried into the camp. 5. Who has seen the brave centurion? 6. We have come to the gate of the city with many citizens. 7. The war has been carried on with great bravery. 8. Who made the Roman shields? 9. Where were the citizens? 10. Were they away from the town?
7
84
LESSON XXXIV
267.
VOCABULARY
altitudo
85
How
is
the
How
are adjectives
Decline
acer.
16.
15.
Decline omnis.
is
How
expressed?
which?
adjectives
17.
is
With
the
what
dative
used?
Multae f abulae de *
mus
rex,
urbem
Romam
L.
Cornelius Sulla
Hispaniam vicerunt.
Sclpio,
About.
o
Oh
>
3
o w w o
86
87
LESSON XXXV
THE FOURTH DECLENSION
270.
The fourth
declension includes
all
itive singular
ends in -us.
Most nouns of the fourth declension are 271. Gender. masculine. Domus, house, manus, hand, and a few others
are feminine.
Those
in -u are neuter.
272.
MODEL NOUNS
88
274.
VOCABULARY
cornus,
(of
cornu,
N.,
horn;
wing
an army)
F.,
portus,
house,
port
portus,
M., harbor,
hand;
EXERCISES
275. senatus.
1.
In
2.
civitatibus
Galliae
fuerunt
principes
et
Consules
duces
exercituum
saepe
erant.
4. Animalia in silva cor3. nua longa habent. 5. Decern cohortes militum erant in dextro cornu. 6. Dextrum cornu Romanorum hostes vlcit; sinistrum cornu hostium superatum est. 7. Lacus et flumen provinciam Romanam a Gallia diviserunt. 8. Domusne agri-
9.
domos pulchras
vulnerata
amicls
13.
14.
est.
in
11.
urbe habebunt.
nostris.
In manibus servorum erant epistulae ab 12. Iulia manu sua epistulam scripsit.
Frtimentum
1
in
portum
multis
navibus
15.
portabitur.
Senatus popu-
lusque Romanus.
276. 1. Caesar sent a message to the Roman senate. 2. The victory has been reported to the senate. 3. The consul was praising the brave army. 4. The leader of the army will be seen with his lieutenants. 6. The little 5. Have you seen the beautiful lakes? is next to the lake (246). 7. The brave chief led a large band village
of Gauls.
1
The
title of
the
Roman government,
abbreviated
S.
P. Q. R.
PREFIXES.
89
LESSON XXXVI
PREFIXES.
Many compound
verbs are
made by com-
Most of the bining simple verbs with adverbial prefixes. prefixes are also used as prepositions and include the following already learned: a (ab), away; ad, to; ante, before; de, down, away; e (ex), out; in (im-), in, into, against (negative, not); inter, between; per, through; post, after; trans (tra-),
across.
Other
common
prefixes,
(di-),
VOCABULARY
-1,
Corinthus,
F.,
Corinth
Helvetia
importo, (im
in,
+ porto),
+
bring
Genava,
import
teneo),
Helvetia, -ae,
(Switzerland)
contentum (con
hold
together,
2
restrain,
bound (geographically)
Helvetius
+ duco), lead out reduco, (re + duco), lead back traduco, (tra + duco), lead
educo,
(e
across
convenio,
vinum,
habito,
-1,
N., wine
-avi,
-are,
atum,
2
pervenio, (per
+ venio), {come
dwell, live
comporto, (com
together
1
porto),
bring
Pronounced
Hel-vc'shi-i.
The
90
279. The Locative Case. Names of towns in the singular of the first and second declensions, and a few other words,
case, the locative (47 a), denoting place where The ending in the first declension is -ae: (locus, place). Romae, at Rome; in the second declension, -1: Corinthi, at
have a special
Corinth.
Domus and
at
PLACE IN WHICH
Marcus in oppido est, Marcus is in the town. Marcus Romae est, Marcus is in Rome. Marcus doml est, Marcus is at home.
with in
Place in which or at which is regularly expressed by the ablative (67), but the locative case is used for domus, rus, and names of towns in the singular number.
281.
Roma Domo
oppido venerunt, they came from the town. venerunt, they came from Rome. venerunt, they came from home.
is
expressed by the ablative, regularly with names of towns, domus, and rus the
282.
PLACE TO "WHICH
Ad oppidum
Romam venerunt, they came to Rome. Domum venerunt, they came home.
Place
is
to the
town.
to
which
is
expressed by the accusative, regularly with ad names of towns, domus, and rus the preposition
omitted.
EXERCISES
283.
i.
Gallia,
2.
magna
erat
terra,
a.
Rhodano ad Oceanum
et
pertinebat. batur. 3.
Genava
magnum oppidum
proximum
PREFIXES.
Helvetils.
4.
91
Ex
pido
pons
ad
opHelvetios
eo
Filii
mer-
cus et Qulntus
Romae
in
Italia
8.
habitaverunt.
in
Iulia
urbe habitat;
tre
10.
maniam
n. Agricolae ex
agris fru-
mentum
12.
vinum importavit?
13.
Decemne
cohortes ex
tradiicuntur.
chrum pervenient.
284.
live
2
has carried
grain.
3.
many
6.
The Roman
lieutenant
is
The Roman
8. The Bellegions conquered the Germans and the Helvetians. with homes their defended and the Celts great valor. gians
1
That.
Habito.
92
LESSON XXXVII
THE FIFTH DECLENSION. EXPRESSIONS OF TIME
285.
The
last
declension,
the
fifth,
includes
in -ei or -ei.
Gender.
Nouns
except dies, day, which is masculine in the plural, but masculine or feminine in the singular.
287.
MODEL NOUNS
EXPRESSIONS OF TIME
93
290.
i.
EXPRESSIONS OF TIME
Multos annos Romae
years.
habitavit,
he
lived
at
Rome
last
{for)
many
2.
habitavit, he lived at
Rome
year.
3.
vidit,
has seen
many
cities.
during which he lived and answers the question How long? The ablative proximo anno expresses the time when he lived,
while decern annis
tells
the
cities.
291.
Rule.
Duration of Time.
Duration of time
is ex-
Time when 292. Rule. Time When or Within Which. or within which anything is or is done is expressed by the ablative without a preposition.
293.
VOCABULARY
brevis, breve, short
army
dies, diei, M.,
pi.,
a few
meridies,
-ei,
hodie,
adv.,
noon
res, rel, F., thing, fact, matter
to-day
eras, adv., to-morrow
94
Non
Not many
Non
EXERCISES
domi mansimus. 2. Paucis diebus amicos nostros videbimus. 3. Ab monte aciem hostium
295.
1.
Multos
4.
5.
dies
vidimus.
imperator.
In
acie
erant
milites,
Exercitus
Romanus
Non semper vlcit, sed non pugnavit. est. 7. Agmen partem noctis iter fecit.
6.
sunt longl;
partem
oppido.
12.
aestatis.
11.
Marcus
herl erat
Romae,
13.
mensibus
aberunt.
erit in Gallia.
14.
Nautae multos menses domo Ante meridiem (a. m.); post meridiem (p. m.).
296. 1. The next day Caesar sent his army to Geneva. 2. Before noon they fortified the camp. 3. Have you seen your brother today? 4. We ought to be in the city to-morrow. 5. The king's forces held the mountain many hours. 6. The army will march a
great part of the day. with the traders.
7.
few slaves
will
LESSON XXXVIII
THE PLUPERFECT INDICATIVE
297.
The
the English past perfect: active, / had loved; passive, 7" had been loved. It represents an act or state as completed in past
time.
95
In the 298. The Pluperfect Indicative of Regular Verbs. active voice the pluperfect tense is formed by adding eram The tense sign is -era- (shortened to the perfect stem (250).
to -era- before the endings
-m,
-t, -nt).
Active Voice
I had loved
/ had warned / had ruled
ama'veram
ama/veras ama/verat
monu'eram
monu'eras monu'erat
re'xeram
re'xeras
re'xerat
amavera'mus
amavera'tis
monuera'mus
monuera'tis
rexera'mus
rexera'tis
ama/verant
monu'erant
re'xerant
a. With the same endings conjugate ce'peram, / had taken; audiVeram, / had heard; fu/eram, / had been.
In the passive voice the pluperfect indicative is compound, consisting of the perfect participle (260) and eram.
299.
Passive Voice
Singular
(-a)
(-a) eras,
(-a,
amati (-ae) eramus, we had been loved amati (-ae) eratis, you had been loved amati (-ae, -a) erant, {they) had been loved
a. In the same way conjugate monitus eram, / had been warned; rectus eram, / had been ruled; captus eram, / had been taken; auditus eram, / had been heard.
96
300.
VOCABULARY
quartus, -a, -um, fourth
quattuor, (indeclinable adj.),
-1,
pagus,
M.,
district,
canton
l
four
postea, adv., afterwards quod, conj., because
creo, creare, creavi, creatum,
elect, create
watch
duodecim, (indeclinable
twelve
adj.),
EXERCISES
301.
veratis.
8.
i.
Laudaveras.
5.
2.
Viderat.
6.
3.
Miseramus.
eras.
7.
Fecerant.
9.
Vocatus
erat.
4. MunlDocta erat.
Victi erant.
Munltum
10.
Afueramus.
302.
4.
7.
We
I
led.
2. You had held. 3. He had written. had divided. 5. You had come. 6. They had been heard. had been elected. 8. He had been seen. 9. They had been 10. It had been hurled. 1.
had waited.
Equos ex agro eduxeramus. 2. Nuntius ad ducem equitum missus erat. 3. Navesne in portum navigaverant? 4. Nonne ad vicum in montibus perveneras? 5. Agmen
303.
1.
quattuor horas
iter fecerat.
7.
pagos
erat.
divlsa.
8.
Pax cum
Helvetia erat in quattuor Quarta pars ab exercitu Caesaris victa Celtis conflrmata erat. 9. Rex German6.
orum a populo Romano amicus appellatus erat. 10. Diem Roman! in duodecim horas divlserunt; noctem in quattuor n. Mllites laudati sunt, quod magna cum virtute vigilias.
pugnaverant. 12. Vlcerunt quod fortes erant. non timebant, quod oppidum muniverant.
13. 14.
OppidanI
304.
1
1.
had
called the
called friends.
3.
We
A watch was a fourth part of the night, from sunset to sunrise. Habiro-
97
supply of grain had been given to the men by the I love tribe's magistrate. 5. I shall remain in the country because the broad fields. 6. We had desired to see the house of the merhe has often dechant. 7. Marcus will be elected consul because
Marcus Aurelius
LESSON XXXIX
THE FUTURE PERFECT INDICATIVE
REVIEW OF THE INDICATIVE. SYNOPSES
future perfect tense in Latin corresponds to the English future perfect: active, / shall have loved; passive, I It represents an act or state as comshall have been loved.
305.
The
pleted in future time. 306. The Future Perfect Indicative of Active Verbs. the active voice the future perfect is formed to the perfect stem. The tense sign is -eri-.
In
by
adding -ero
98
monu'ero, /
monu'eris,
shall have
warned
have
you
will
have
you
(he,
will
warned
it)
will
monu'erit,
she,
it)
will
have warned
Plural
amave'rimus, we
loved
shall have
monue'rimus, we warned
monue'ritis,
shall
have
amave'ritis,
loved
you
will
have
you
will
have
warned
will have
ama/verint, (they)
loved
a.
warned
With the same endings conjugate
rexero, / shall have / have shall ruled, cepero, taken, audivero, / shall have heard, fuero, / shall have been.
In the passive voice the future perfect indicative compound, consisting of the perfect participle and ero.
307.
is
Passive Voice
Singular
you
Plural
amati (-ae) erimus, we shall have been loved amati (-ae) eritis, you will have been loved amati (-ae, -a) erunt, (they) will have been loved
99
In the same way conjugate monitus ero, / shall have been warned; rectus ero, / shall have been ruled; captus ero, / shall have been taken; auditus ero, I shall have been heard.
308.
indicative endings
First Person Singular
IOO
310.
VOCABULARY
moveo, movere, movi, moturn,
regnum,
move
(con
-tentum,
stretch
tendo,
strive,
quickly
fortiter, (fortis), adv., bravely
postquam,
occupo,
conj., after
1
perficio,
-fec-
turn, (per+facio),
(do thorcorn-
-atum,
oughly),
plete
is
accomplish,
seize, take
a.
possession of
perfect indicative ubi.
The
postquam and
Memorize:
Homo
I am a sum; human! nihil a me alienum puto. man and deem nothing that relates to man a matter of
indifference to me.
EXERCISES
311.
veritis.
8.
i.
Vocavero, dedero.
4.
6.
2.
Habueris, vlderis.
3.
Dp*
fenderit, scripserit.
Iecerunt,
erit.
9.
Munltum
312.
Capti erunt.
Docta
eris.
have made. 2. You will have aided. 3 3. He will have led. 4. We shall have brought-together. 5. They will have been absent. 6. He will be elected. 7. He will have been elected. 8. You will have been sent. 9. You will be sent.
i.I
shall
313.
2.
1.
Frumentum
celeriter
mercatoribus
3.
importatum
erit.
Opus
1
perficietur.
4.
Ante
4
horam decimam
Nostrl
fortiter contenderint.
either a conjunction or adverb, according to its use in a sentence. passive of perficio is regular, like that of capio. 3 What are the principal parts of iuvo? 4 Milites is often to be supplied, as here, with the masculine plural of possessive adjectives.
The
1QI
Galli ante
fortiter
pugnaverunt.
derunt.
erant.
suos \ plla iecerunt, gladiis conten10. Ubi civitates victae sunt, pacem facere paratae
Caesar
trans
Rhenum
11.
12.
Quis
314. 1. When I was in the city, I saw the harbor and the ships. After I arrived at (ad) the city, I wrote to my friends. 3. The camp will be moved before the fourth watch. 4. The magistrates will have been elected by the citizens. 5. They were hastening the work. had because completed home, they
2.
1
4..
IOT
LATIN.
LESSON XL
PRONOMINAL ADJECTIVES VOCABULARY
alia,
315.
alius,
aliud,
another,
other
alter,
altera,
alterum,
the
other (of
two)
neuter,
neutra,
neutrum,
(of
-um, none, no ullus, -a, -um, any solus, -a, -um, alone, sole totus, -a, -um, whole, entire unus, -a, -um, one
nullus, -a,
sine, prep., w. abl., without
uter, utra,
utrum, which?
two)
Nine pronominal adjectives of the first and second declensions, given in the above vocabulary, have the ending -lus in the genitive singular and -1 in the dative singular, for
316.
all
of the singular
genders, instead of the regular endings. In other cases and in the plural they are declined like bonus,
liber, or pulcher.
of alius in the
neuter.
a. Learn the declension of alius, alter, neuter, given on page 271.
unus
as
317.
alii
alter)
means one
.
the
pi.,
alius), one
another;
alii,
some
some carry spears, others swords. 318. The pronominal adjectives of this lesson regularly stand before their nouns.
a.
Adjectives as Nouns. Adjectives in Latin as in English are often used alone as nouns: altum, the deep (sea);
319.
fortes fortuna iuvat, fortune favors the brave.
masculine
PRONOMINAL ADJECTIVES
adjective so used generally implies adjective, thing or things: nostri,
103
man
our
or men, a neuter
{men,
soldiers)
omnes,
all
(men); omnia,
all (things).
EXERCISES
320. i. Belgae unam partem Galliae incolunt; aliam (partem) Celtae. 2. Alterum oppidum erat in Gallia; alterum
in
Italia.
3.
Neuter locus
4.
Utrl
puero
totius
Galliae
ad
niillae
naves
in portu.
perfectum est. 8. Legatus cum sola decima legione venit. 9. Multl contenderunt; domum pervenerunt, 10. Ubi victores pauci vlcerunt. omnes laudatl sunt. 11. Mercatores per provinciam venient, quod aliud iter habent nullum. 12. Nostri castra fortiter
Opus
defenderant.
everything (all things) with great was aided by the other. 3. The a shield. 4. Some Romans were The men of one district are ready 6. The sisters of Marcus will remain in the to come-together. country the whole summer. 7. After our friends arrived at (ad)
321.
1.
care.
The boys were doing Neither of the consuls brave centurion fought without 5. soldiers, others were orators.
2.
(in) Italy.
8.
A Roman Festival
Alma-Tadema
io4
LESSON XLI
REVIEW OF LESSONS XXXV-XL
322.
acies
VOCABULARY
I05
Julius Caesar
VICTOR GALLIAE
324.
Romae,
miles,
<5rator, a populo
Romano
consul creatus
2
est.
Post consula-
cum
Pon-
tem
in flumine
1
Rhenum in-
Most famous.
Received.
io6
LESSON XLII
THE RELATIVE PRONOUN QUI. THE INTERROGATIVE PRONOUN QUIS. CLAUSES
325. The relative pronoun qui, who, which, or that, clined as follows:
Singular
is
de-
Plural
M.
Nom.
Gen.
qui
F.
N.
M.
qui
F.
N. quae
quae
l
quod
cuius
quae
quorum
quibus
quarum quorum
quibus quibus
whose, of
Dat.
whom, or
of which
cm
quern
cui
to
cui
or for
whom
or which
Ace.
quam
qua.
quod
quos
that
quas
quae
whom, which, or
AM.
quo
quo
(etc.)
quibus
quibus
quibus
from
whom
or which
326. The interrogative pronoun quis, who? what? is declined in the plural like the relative qui ; in the singular as
follows:
M. and
F.
N.
Nom.
Gen.
Dat. Ace.
quis cuius
cui
2
who? what? quid cuius whose? of whom? of what? cui to or for whom? to or for what ?
quid
quern
AM.
1
quo
Pronounced
quo
coo'yus.
(etc.)
kivee.
what?
Pronounced
INTERROGATIVE PRONOUN
107
327. The interrogative adjective qui, what? which? is declined like the relative pronoun in both numbers: qui vir?
what
man? quae
Use
of
river ?
328.
noun noun
is
a connecting
word
The
or
pronoun
1.
Viri, qui
2.
who had defended the town, were praised. Viri, quorum oppidum defensum erat, laudati sunt, the men, whose town had been defended, were praised.
In these sentences qui and quorum have the gender and number of the antecedent viri; but qui is a subject nominative and quorum a possessive genitive without regard to the
case of
viri.
329.
Rule.
Agreement
of Relative
Pronouns.
relative
its
pronoun agrees with its antecedent in gender and number ; case depends on its use in its own clause.
330.
Complex Sentences.
With regard
simple, complex, or compound, as in English. The Latin sentences of 328, and in former lessons those containing postquam, ubi {when),
or
quod
(because), are
principal or independent,
complex; for they have two clauses each, a and a subordinate or dependent.
a. The clauses of a complex sentence are connected by a relative pronoun, or a subordinate conjunction. clause beginning with a relative pronoun is called a relative clause.
331.
The Use
of Clauses.
Clauses
may be
jectives, or adverbs.
a. A noun clause, or substantive clause, is one that is used as the subject or object of a verb, or as an appositive or know that the earth revolves. Latin predicate noun: illustrations are given later. b. An adjective clause is one that modifies a noun or pronoun. Relative clauses are used in this way.
We
108
c.
An
adverbial clause
jective, or
{because), ubi, or
postquam are
illustrations.
332.
VOCABULARY
tres, tria,
1
three -avi,
Aqultanus,
cultus,
-us,
-1,
M., an
A qui-
expugno, -are,
(ex
-atum,
Aquitanians
civilization
+ pugno),
capture, take
M.,
by storm
lingua, -ae, F., tongue, language oppugno, -are, -avi, -atum, dissimilis, -e, unlike (ob +\>ugno) y fight against, third attack tertius, -a, -um,
EXERCISES
333.
datum
est
Puer, cuius frater veniet. 2. Miles, cui scutum est. 4. Oppidum, quod 3. Terra, quam incolimus.
1.
6.
8.
10.
334.
is
new.
are short.
to
5.
The
sailors,
whose ship
whom
The
villages, in
8.
which they
to
The
consul,
whom
they
will elect.
The queen,
whom
Aquitania est tertia pars Galliae. 2. Qui linguam Aqultanorum audlverunt? 3. Quas linguas audlvistl? 4. Hel335.
1.
Romanae non longe aberant. 5. Quis cultum Romanorum non laudat? 6. Hostes tria oppida expugnaverunt; multa oppugnaverant. 7. Consilia, quae
vetil a cultii provinciae
8.
Quibus
c5nsilia
nuntiaverunt?
cupiebat.
1
Neuter puerorum, quos vidimus, navigare Cuius manu epistula scrlpta est? 12. Mllites
The numeral
Cum may
tres is declined like the plural of fortis, page 272. follow the ablative of the relative pronoun, as an en-
clitic (18).
109
Urbs,
quam
336. 1. We shall remain at home three days. 2. (There) were ten ships, that carried the sailors. 3. (There) are many animals in the 4. To whom had they written the letter? forest, which you see.
6. Was the 5. With what legions did the general attack the town? town quickly captured? 7. Caesar made peace with the tribe, 8. There are many other cities, whose chief had been wounded.
GAUL
337. Gallia est omnis dlvisa in partes tres, quarum tinam incolunt Belgae, aliam Aqultani, tertiam Celtae. Celtae
Linguae civitatum lingua Romanorum Galli appellantur. sunt dissimiles. Gallos ab Aquitanis Garumna flumen (dividit); a Belgis
Matrona
et
Sequana
dlvidit.
LESSON XLIII
THE PRESENT
INFINITIVE.
The Latin infinitive has 338. The Present Infinitive. three tenses in each voice: present, perfect, and future. The
present passive infinitive is formed by changing final -e of the active to -1, except in the third conjugation, in which
-ere becomes
-I.
Active
Passive
amare, monere,
to love
to
amari,
to be loved to be
warn
moneri,
warned
regi, to be ruled
capi, to be taken
audire,
to
hear
audiri, to be heard
HO
339.
in
Uses
of the Infinitive.
The Latin
infinitive is
used
in the
subject.
As a verb, with a subject accusative. 340. The Infinitive without a Subject. As stated
the infinitive is
in 109
used as the subject, the object, or the complement of a verb; sometimes as an appositive or predicate nominative: Errare est humanum, to err is human; videre
cupiunt, they desire videre est credere,
to see;
to
come;
to see is to believe.
341.
i.
2.
3.
Audio montem esse altum, / hear {that) the mountain is high (lit., the mountain to be high). Video montem esse altum, / see {that) the mountain
is high.
4.
Nuntio
montem
{that) the
moun-
tain is high.
In the
first
sentence there
is
a direct statement.
is
In the
other sentences
montem
esse altum
an indirect statement,
having the verb in the infinitive with a subject in the accusaThis indirect statement forms a noun clause, used as tive. the object of the main verb. Notice that there is no Latin word for that, to connect the clause. The sub342. Rule. Subject Accusative with Infinitive. is in the accusative case. an ject of infinitive Rule. Uses of Infinitive with Subject Accusa343. The infinitive with a subject accusative is used with verbs tive. 2 meaning say, think, know, perceive; also with some verbs
meaning order, compel, desire, permit.
1
* I. e.
with verbs of
"
mental action."
III
The Meaning
infinitive
of the Present Infinitive. The present denotes the same time as the verb on which it
1
depends
It
may,
therefore,
have a present
(lit.,
2.
quering) Audivit milites vincere, he heard that the soldieis conquered, or were conquering (lit., the soldiers to be
conquering).
3.
4.
were
345.
VOCABULARY
dico, dicere, dixi, dictum, say
learn
scio,
scire,
scivi,
scitum,
ditum,
believe
know
EXERCISES
'
346.
scrlbere.
1.
Dicit,
puerum epistulam
4.
Puer
2.
Dicit
Puto
Dis-
magnam
terram.
9.
Credisne natiOnem
The The
direct statement, giving the exact words of the speaker. indirect statement.
112
10. Quis credidit nationem pacarl? n. Videtisne pacarl? 12. Frater meus Insulam esse pulchram agros vastari?
scribit.
13.
Rex
14.
Legatus pila
iaci 15. Nuntiatum est Gallos oppidum munire. 16. Nonne putas nautam slgnum videre? 17. Mercatores frumentum mittl iusserant. 18. Omnes sciunt magnum bellum gerl. 19. Vidi elves quarta hora, convenire. 20. Leiussit.
21. Esne puer quern giones iter facere paratae sunt. vidi? 22. Quae navis est inVquam video?
Romae
1 347. 1. Do you think the place is suitable? 2. Did you think the place was suitable? 3. I hear that my friends are not far away.
order the slaves to carry the grain. 5. The leader says army is marching into Gaul. 6. Marcus said that neither of the men was living at Rome. 7. They often come to Rome. 8. We all know the boys desire victory. 9. We desire to learn many
4.
They
will
that the
(things).
10.
All
men ought
is
to be free.
?
n. Do you know
that is
the
in the field
2
that (349).
The conjunction
understood.
"3
LESSON XLIV
THE DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUNS
HIC, ILLE, ISTE
There are five demonstrative pronouns in Latin iste, is, idem. Hie, this, is declined as follows:
hie,
114
351.
VOCABULARY
-a,
cupidus,
eager
-um,
desirous,
it
he, she,
iste,
it
memoria, -ae,
recollection
F.,
memory,
ista,
istud,
1
that
(of
yours)
diu,
adv.,
long,
for
a long
induco
(in
+ duco),
lead on,
time
influence
a.
ilia
352.
i.
the victory.
2.
3.
Magna
is great desire
for
(of) victory.
is
related as an
object to the adjective cupidus and the noun cupiditas, just as victoriam is the object of cupiunt. Victoriae is called an
objective genitive.
353.
Rule.
The
genitive
is
an
EXERCISES
354. 1. ducibus.
Huic
3.
servo.
2.
Ad hanc
insulam.
3.
Cum
his
Apud
opus.
10.
7.
Ilia
6. Istud hos equites. 5. Haec castra. animalia. 8. Illorum lacuum. 9. Illls nautls.
Ab
illo
1.
principe.
11.
Illlus aciei.
illae
12.
355.
Hae
1
puellae venerunt;
afuerunt.
far.
111!
opus
Long in
time,
opposed to longe,
115
non
hi.
3.
Memoria huius
regnl.
5.
Hi fuerunt cupidl
Hie locus
idoneus.
IllI
Cum
servl
ab
illls
civitatibus,
quae
1
Unus
ex
his,
frater
10.
centurionis.
illorum
mlsistl,
Neutrum
quos
11.
librorum,
vlderam.
consilium,
Istud
defendemus.
facere
14.
15.
Illud
debeo.
indue! dlcunt.
356.
2.
is
This river is deep, that broad. 3. We shall remain in that village all winter.
4.
those
cities.
Who
is
not
Statue of a Roman dressed in the Toga
be pleasant. 2 The en7. are these emy towns; those they have captured. 8. The attacking soldiers of that legion fought bravely. 9. We have often written letters to that man concerning these things.
1
See 529,
b.
Iucunda.
Il6
THE BELGAE
x 2 357. Horum omnium fortissiml sunt Belgae, propterea 3 quod a cultti provinciae Romanae longe absunt, et merca-
vlnum non important; proximlque 4 sunt Germanls, qui trans Rhenum incolunt, quibuscum bellum gerunt.
tores
LESSON XLV
THE PERFECT
358.
INFINITIVE.
perfect infinitive is formed in the active voice by adding -isse to the perfect stem; in the passive by combining the perfect participle and
esse.
The Perfect
Infinitive.
Active
Passive
amavisse,
to
to
monuisse,
amatus esse, to have been loved have warned monitus esse, to have been warned
have loved
rectus esse, to have been ruled auditus esse, to have been heard
359.
finitive
Meaning
The
to be translated
1.
denotes time before that of the main by the perfect or the pluperfect indicative:
Dicit mllites vicisse, he says {that) the soldiers conquered, or have conquered.
2.
Dixit mllites vicisse, he said {that) the soldiers conquered, or had conquered.
Dicit milites victos esse, he says {that) the soldiers were conquered, or have been conquered.
1
3.
The
2
3
117
360.
VOCABULARY
angustus, -a, -um, narrow ob,prep., w. ace, on account of convoco, -are, -avi, -atum
(con
(timeo),
M.,food
+ voco),
call together
timor,
timoris,
M.
fear
361.
Spe victoriae
pugnaverunt, because of
the
hope of
The
reason? and
of cause
is
ablative here answers the question Why? is called an ablative of cause or reason.
of,
For what
The
of,
idea
on account
is
preposition
from. used to
express
Cause may also be expressed by de or ex with the ablaand by ob or propter with the accusative: multis de causis, for (from) many reasons; qua ex re, because of (from) this fact; ob has causas, for these reasons; propter tempus
tive
EXERCISES
363.
fortes
i.
Legatum
3.
fuisse
fortem
scio.
2.
Legatos fuisse
dicit.
4.
sclvi.
Regem
nautas laudavisse
5.
Rex
Nostra consilia
n8
nuntiamus.
tasne
hostibus nuntiata
10.
Oppidum munitum
esse
11.
esse
Epistulas scriptas
esse?
pacem conflrmatam
13.
14.
audlverunt.
fecit.
Multis de causis pontem in 1 flumine Rheno Incolae inopia cibl erant miserl. 15. Hostes inoin perlculo fuerunt.
16.
pia
ria
navium magno
Puerum arma-
monebo. 17. Agricolae propter bonitatem agrorum in ilia terra manebunt. 18. Ob hanc causam oppidum non expugnatum erat. 19. Timore hostium oppidan! fugerunt.
20.
364.
He
The
come.
3.
says the boys have come. 2. He said the boys had 4. I heard girls know (that) the letter was written.
had been
called together.
5.
The
captives will
6. They said the flee, because there are few soldiers in the camp. 7. The captives were fleeing because-of a desire for (of) liberty. general is said to have been a large man. 8. Between the mountains there is a narrow road. 9. Does the leader fear the lack of food?
10.
Whose work
LESSON XLVI
THE DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUN
365. The demonstrative declined as follows:
is,
IS
this,
IS
119
366. The Use of Is. Like hie and ille (350), is may be used as a demonstrative pronoun or adjective, or as a personal pronoun.
a. As a demonstrative is is less definite than hie or ille and may denote any person or thing mentioned: is liber, this book or that book (of which I am speaking); hie liber,
camp.
2.
Ea
legio,
quae in castris
which
is
in the
camp.
367.
Is as a
Personal Pronoun.
There
is
no special word
it,
pronouns Of the four demonstratives, hie, ille, iste, is, which used as personal pronouns, is is the most common.
they.
may
b?
Singular
Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
is,
it it
for)
him; him;
to (or for)
it
it
Ace.
eum, him;
edyfrom,
AM.
etc.,
from,
etc., her;
e6 from,
y
etc., it
Plural
Nom.
Gen.
Dat. Ace.
Abl.
ei
(ii),
eorum, earum, eorum, their, eis (iis), to (or for) them eos, eas, ea, them eis (iis), from, etc., them
368. Eius and Suus Compared. refer to the subject of the verb, suus
When
is
used.
When
a person
120
or thing other than the subject is meant, his, her, or its pressed by eius their is expressed by eorum or earum.
;
ex-
i.
2.
the
3.
Eius
filii
4.
saw
their
(own)
5.
their friends.
369.
initium,
is,
-1,
VOCABULARY
N., beginning
it
ea, id, this, that, he, she, verus, -a, -um, true
cupy
persuaded, -suadere, -suasi,
memoria teneo,
ory),
a.
{hold in
mem-
remember
-suasum, persuade
In the phrase memoria teneo, the noun remains unchanged; the verb is conjugated regularly. b. Persuaded means "I give a persuasive reason to" and so takes an indirect instead of a direct object, requiring
the dative case instead of the accusative: Viro persuadet, he persuades the man. c. Decline is lacus, ea legio, id flumen.
Memorize : Leve fit quod bene fertur onus. The burden which is well borne becomes Ante victoriam ne" canas triumphum.
light.
Do
EXERCISES
Eas puellas laudat. pueros vocabit. 4. Eos vocabit.
370.
i. 2.
IS
121
Fratri suo
Fratrl
eius persuasl.
7.
persuadebit.
est pulchra.
9.
Puellae in ea urbe habitant; domus earum Liberl tui venient; quis cum els veniet?
11. Is fuit 10. Incolae sunt miseri; cibum els dare debemus. prlnceps civitatis. 12. Helvetii ad eum legatos miserunt.
quas legati dlxerunt, memoria tenebat. 15. Ea de causa pacem cum 14. Ob 16. Mult5s eorum, qui vulnerati flnitimis suls facient. erant, vidimus. 17. Pater eius consul creatus esse dlcitur. 18. Scio eos fuisse amlcos mult5s annos. 19. Scio ea esse
13.
Caesar eas
res,
vera.
20.
21.
Omnia,
371.
3.
boys, whom you see, are the merchant's sons. the forest, others across the river.
9.
Some
fled into
372.
Ea
Aquitania
earn
a#
Garumna
ad
Hispaniam, pertinet.
2.
Answer in Latin
fortissimi
1.
Qui erant
4.
Gallorum?
Quae
2
3
Initium capit a (takes a beginning from), begins Borders on. 4 Lower. Near.
at.
122
LESSON XLVII
THE FUTURE
INFINITIVE.
to
rule;
auditurus, about
to
hear.
is
374. the future participle with esse; the future infinitive passive is the supine with Iri. 2
Active
Passive
The future participle of sum is futurus, about to be. The Future Infinitive. The future infinitive active
amaturus esse,
love
3
to be
about
to
amatum
loved
iri, to
be about to be
moniturus esse,
to be
about
to
monitum
iri, to
be about to be
warn
recturus esse,
rule
to
be about to
to
be about to be
auditurus esse,
hear
to be
about
to
auditum
to be
Iri,
to
be
about
to
be heard
futurus esse,
375.
finitive
about
to be
Meaning
of the
Future
Infinitive.
The
future init
denotes time
after the
depends.
It is to
1.
be translated by
'
will or shall,
would or should?
The supine stem is found by dropping -um of the supine amat-, monit-, rect-, audit-. 2 Iri is the present passive infinitive of eo, go. " " 3 The to be about to is used only to give the literal meanphrase of See the infinitive form. ing 375.
1
:
23
3.
iri,
4.
iri,
The
participle in
376.
Present
Perfect
-re
-isse
-us esse
1
Future
a.
-urus esse
-um
iri
Write the
377.
i
.
in courage.
2.
Romani
and
numero pares
erant, the
Romans
the
In the illustrations the ablatives answer the questions: In what respect does the boy excel? In what respect were
the
Romans
equal?
They
the
378. Rule.
The
meaning of a
noun, or adjective
Esse
is
finitives.
tn
a a
a o
w ^ W a < Si
<
-a
124
25
VOCABULARY
F.,
influ-
reliquus,
ing,
-a,
-um,
of;
remainpi.,
ence, authority
rest
M.
as
noun,
the rest
law
incensum,
, ,
bum,
,
all sides,
coepi,
have
begun, began
defective verb coepi is used only in the perfect, pluperfect, and future perfect tenses.
The
EXERCISES
Helvetii oppida incendent. 2. Dicit Helvetios oppida incensuros esse. 3. Explorator dixit Helvetios iter trans provinciam facturos esse. Sorores tuas Ven4.
380.
1.
5.
esse
speramus.
7.
6.
Reglnam
missiiram
Iri.
esse
nuntiant.
missum
8.
10. Via esse 9. Urbs undique defendl dicitur. perunt. longa dicitur. 11. Ubi imperator haec didicit, signum dari iussit. 12. Caesar scribit mercatores ad Belgas non saepe venisse. 13. Galli et German! erant lingua legibusque dissimiles. 14. Hie prlnceps reliquos potestate superavit. eum non superatum esse. Puto auctoritate 15.
381. remain.
4.
1.
He
3.
They
says the boys will come. 2. He said the boys would are hoping that their friends will be at home.
to call the
friendship.
We
is
had begun
to
plan
make
camp? 7. The houses are unlike in size. 9. I know that the law was good. 10. I knew that the bridge had been burned.
name.
8.
see the
together from-all-sides. 5. Our Did you know that your sons would In the village there was a sailor, Cornelius by
6.
men
126
THE HELVETII
382. Helvetil sunt clvitas potens Galliae. Reliquos Gallos virtute superant, quod saepe proeliis cum Germanis con* tendunt. Undique Helvetil continentui una ex parte flumine Rheno, qui agrum Helvetium a Germanis dividit;
:
altera ex parte monte Iura, qui est inter Sequanos et Helvetios; tertia (ex parte) lacu. Lemanno et flumine Rhodano,
qui provinciam
Romanam
ab Helvetiis
dividit.
LESSON XLVIII
PERSONAL AND REFLEXIVE PRONOUNS
The personal pronouns are 383. Personal Pronouns. and first tu, thou, you, of the second. person, ego, /, of the For the third person the demonstratives, as already learned,
and the
reflexive sui (384) are used.
First Person
Singular
Plural
nos, we
me
{for)
nostrum
(nostri)
of us
mini,
to
me
nobis,
to {for)
us
Ace.
Abl.
nos, us
etc.,
me
Second Person
Nom.
Gen.
Dat.
vos, you
vestrum,
(vestri), of
you
you
vobis,
to {for)
you
Ace.
te,
te,
you
from,
etc.,
vos, you
AM.
a.
you
for
1
The nominative forms ego, tu, nos, vos are used only emphasis or contrast :Tu es miles, ego sum nauta.
paTte
Una ex
= ex una
parte;
ex here means on
1 27
Ace. se (sese), himself, herself, itself, themselves Abl. se (sese), from, etc., himself, herself, itself, themselves 385.
it
sui
is
refers
1.
back to the subject of the main verb for its meaning: Puer se defendit, the boy defends himself.
Puella se defendit, the
girl defends herself. Liberi se defendunt, the children defend themselves.
2.
3.
a. For the first and second persons ego and tu are used in the predicate as reflexives: defendo, / defend myself; te defendis, you defend yourself; nos defendimus, we defend ourselves; vos defenditis, you defend yourselves.
Me
386.
Comparison
of Sui
and Is. When he, she, it, or they the main verb, Latin uses a form of
sui;
these pronouns refer to a person or thing other than the subject, a form of is (or of another demonstrative)
when
is
required:
1.
2.
Puer Puer
eum
(another
person) hears.
387.
VOCABULARY
nobilitas, -tatis, F. (nobilis), nobility; the nobles (collectively)
nobilis,-e, noble, distinguished
,
-tudinis,
F.,
(for-
bravery
numquam,
adv., never
128
ego, /
tu,
(prae
+ cedo,
go
you
surpass
(re
ceptum,
capio), take
discedo,
(dis
cedo),
go
away, depart
draw
EXERCISES
388.
se
i.
Ego
6.
te laudo.
4.
non laudabit.
suaserunt?
7.
Liberi
venient.
se
Hostes
recipiunt; fuga
Eo
die fuga se in
proxima
se-
oppida
receperunt.
Helvetil
copiam
fnimentl
cum
earn
filil
portaverant.
n. Dicunt se terram parvam habere. dlcit se Lucium vocaturam esse. 13. Scio
14.
Lucium
vocavisse.
Hi puerl sunt
illos
nobiles;
sunt
fecit.
coniurationem nobilitatis
fortitiidine
praecedunt.
18. Caesar Fortiter vos patriam vestram defendistis. vici discedere iussit. ea ab parte 19. Ubi dux legionem
17.
Helvetiorum haec
389.
is
1.
dixit, discessit.
this;
I
3
have done
to
you ought
to
do that.
3.
pleasing
me;
is it
not pleasing to
you?
4.
called Gauls
by
us, Celts
5.
by themselves.
(Because
will
we
will
make
The
These brave
soldiers
flight of the horsemen has been reported. have never learned to retreat. 8. Our
used as an enclitic (18) with the ablative of personal and reflexive pronouns, as well as with that of the relative. 1 Gratus, -a, -um. * See 362.
is
Cum
See 369
b.
129
LESSON XLIX
THE DEMONSTRATIVE PRONOUN IDEM. PRONOUN IPSE
390.
THE INTENSIVE
Idem.
idem,
tinguish the masculine idem from the neucei idem and note is changed the accent of other forms. In the declension
to
130
noun, ipse is used in Latin; when these English words are used alone, referring to the subject, sui is required in Latin: He himself defended the bridge, ipse pontem def endit ; but He
defended himself, se defendit. 393. The pronouns thus far learned are of six classes:
1.
Relative, qui
Interrogative, quis
4.
5.
ille,
Personal, ego, tu
Reflexive, sui
Intensive, ipse
2.
3.
Demonstrative, hie,
iste, is,
a.
6.
idem
tu, sui, nos, vos.
VOCABULARY
-us,
ascensus,
climbing
facilis, -e,
M.,
ascent,
prohibeo,
-hibitum,
-hibere,
-hibui,
easy
keep (from)
statuo,
prohibit
statu!,
idem, eadem, idem, the same aut, conj., aut, or; aut
.
statuere,
set
statutum,
resolve
up, station;
either
or
of,
constituo,
-stituere,
-stitui,
-stitutum,
,
(con
statuo,
EXERCISES
est.
2.
395.
1.
Eas-
memoria tene5. 3. Domum regis ipslus videbimus. 5. Mercatorl 4. Naves in eundem portum pervenerunt. 6. Non omnes sumus cupidl earundem ipsi persuasimus. 1 esse dicitur. rerum. 7. Haec epistula a regina ipsa scripta 8. Consilia nostra ab elsdem nuntiantur. 9. Nos ipsi haec
dem
res
didicimus.
10.
Iter per
provinciam erat
1
facile.
11.
Ascen-
See 353.
REVIEW OF LESSONS
sus montis est
facilis.
XL.ll-M.lX
131
illud
12.
Perfacile
erit
expugnare
oppidum. 13. Explorator demonstrat perfacile futurum esse expugnare oppidum. 14. Caesar naves exspectare
16. Post pro castrls constituta est. castra erat flumen latum. 17. Helvetil convenlre ad rlpam RhenI constituerunt. 18. Helvetil aut suis flnibus 1 Ger-
statuit.
15.
Una
legio
ipsi in
eorum
nelia herself is
shall yourselves have often con7. The lieutenant explained the same things to me. quered. 8. Some* were fighting on the bank, others* in the river itself.
6.
living in the same city. 2. Corto aid her mother. 3. These girls are daughters ready man. 4. Have you seen the sailors themselves? 5.
We
You
LESSON L
REVIEW OF LESSONS XLLT-XLIX
397-
VOCABULARY
ascensus
132
REVIEW QUESTIONS
398.
2.
i.
What
the difference in meaning of the three tenses of the infinitive, depending on a verb of saying? 3. Give all
is
What
DEPONENT VERBS
133
Memorize :
Tii,
tibi
Horace.
Enjoy thankfully any happy hour Heaven may send you, nor think that your delights will keep till another year.
ORGETORIX
Helvetios fuit prmceps, Orgetorlx n5mine, qui et auctoritate superabat. reliquos prlncipes potestate et coniurationem nobilitatis fecit. Dixit Cupidus regnl erat,
399.
Apud
potituros
esse
6
esse.
Facilius
5
els
persuasit,
quod
et
fines
5
su5s
angustos pro
multitiidine
hominum
gloria belli atque fortitudinis putabant. 7 flnibus suis cum omnibus copiis exire constituerunt.
LESSON LI
DEPONENT VERBS. THE ABLATIVE WITH CERTAIN DEPONENTS
Some verbs are passive in form, 400. Deponent Verbs. but active in meaning. They are called deponent, because " " (depono, lay aside) their active form. they have laid aside
are conjugated like the passive of other verbs, except that the future infinitive is active in form as The principal parts of the model dewell as in meaning.
Deponent verbs
ponents are:
1
2 3
4 5
Helvetiis.
More
easily.
7
134
conor
cdnarl
conatus sum,
try,
attempt
II
DEPONENT VERBS
403. Rule.
135
The
deponent verbs utor, fruor {enjoy), fungor (perform), potior, and vescor (eat).
a.
404.
VOCABULARY
-l,
Sequanus,
nian;
hortor,
M., a Sequa-
sum, promise
proficiscor, proficlsci, profec-
Sequanians
hortari,
urge,
hortatus
exhort,
tus sum,
1
go
sum,
courage
en-
EXERCISES
405.
1.
Hoc
facere
conabimur.
2.
Imperator
suds
Imperator dlcit se milites hortaturum esse. 4. Nautae altum mare non verentur. 5. Nautae dicunt se altum mare non vereri. 6. Pollicetur se ventiirum 3 8. Aliis consilils esse. 7. PollicitI erant se hoc facturos. usl sumus; nonne hoc consilio titi debemus? 9. Quae legio 10. Caesar decimam legionem imperatorem sequetur?
3.
11.
12.
Illae civitates
importarl non patiebantur. 13. Sequani erant proximi Hel4 iter per fines suos facere vetiis. Helvetios 14. Sequani e castris 15. Tertia vigilia proriclscentur. passl sunt.
16.
his
Explorator eos profectos esse nuntiat. 17. Amid nostrl 18. Scio amlcos nostros his agris agrls potiti sunt.
potltos esse.
406. 1. Do you fear the dangers of the journey? 2. They have not tried to persuade us. 5 3. We ought to encourage these boys.
1 The present tense mini, sequuntur.
is
2
3
complementary
infinitive
1.
(no).
136
4.
would defend) 1 the will use many things that the merchants have brought-in. 2 6. The ambassadors are said to have gone (set 4 3 7. These men will follow out) from Rome at the fourth hour. 8. They will allow us to do this. the others into the province. 5 9. The Romans got possession of the bridge which was near Geneva.
LESSON
LII
are four tenses: the present, the imperfect, the perfect, the pluperfect.
and
408.
137
conjugations final -a- and -e- of the stem (ama-, rege-) are dropped before the tense sign (am-em, reg-am) in the sec;
ond and fourth conjugations final -e- and -1- of the stem are shortened (mone-am, audi-am). Capio forms its present
subjunctive like audio.
410.
of the
Subjunctive.
The sub-
junctive in Latin has many uses, some of which are expressed in English by the subjunctive, but most by the indicative
or the potential.
is
rendered
When we
say,."
He
city," the infinitive expresses the purpose In Latin prose the infinitive is not used to
express purpose, but a subjunctive clause with the conjunction ut, that, in order that: Venit ut videat, he comes to see
(or that he
a.
may
see).
The present subjunctive is used when the main verb present, present perfect, future, or future perfect: Venio (veni, veniam, venero) ut videam, / come {have come, shall come, shall have come) to see {that I may see). b. Instead of ut, the relative pronoun qui may be used as the connective, if there is a convenient antecedent: Viros mittit, qui videant, he is sending men to see {who shall see).
is
412.
VOCABULARY
-1,
iumentum,
profectio, ture
N., yoke-ani-
lectum, choose,
depar-
select
+ paro,
108),
138
EXERCISES
413.
lit
i.
Pugnant ut vincant.
3.
copiam habeatis.
ut ad portum perveniamus. 4. Imperator pontem facit ut exercitum traducat. 5. Mllites castra muniunt, ut se de1 6. Haec fendant. dlcimus, ut te laudemus. 7. Nuntios
8.
Dux
quae
oppidum oppugnent.
9. Viri
Romam
venerunt,
ut
novum
Temple
in
templum
civitatem
videant.
10. Prlncipes
mittuntur,
esse.
Caesarl
obsides
daturam
12. Cives frumentum ement. magnas naves comparant. 14. Mar13. Mercatores omne frumentum non coemerunt. cus dux deligetur; cur non delectus est Quintus? 15. Ex1
See 319.
139
16.
Multa 2 de
414. 1. Galba sends his slave to buy food. 2. The men are assembling to hear the orator. 3. The boy will write a letter to persuade his brother. 3 4. We have sent ambassadors to make peace. 6. He says 5. These are the friends of (de) whom I have spoken. that the farmers have carts and beasts of burden. 7. In what
8.
They
are coming
to praise the
10.
He
will
come
He
does
not say
this, in
order that he
may
persuade you.
Helvetil
constituunt,
omnes 4 iument5rum
res
et
ad 5 profectionem comparare
carrorum
magnum numerum
coemere, magnas sementes frumentl facere, ut in itinere copiam habeant, cum proximls civitatibus pacem et amlProfectionem in 6 tertium annum lege citiam conflrmare.
LESSON
LIII
SUB-
140
PASSIA'E
I4I
may
be loved,
etc.
may
be warned,
etc.
amer
ameris
monear
monearis moneatur
ametur
amemur
amemini amentur
moneamur
moneamini moneantur
a. Conjugate also regar, I may be ruled; capiar, I may be taken; audiar, / may be heard; coner, / may try; verear, / may fear; utar, / may use.
418.
simus, we
sitis,
be
sint,
In the sentence " They are may not be captured," the de.
.
pendent clause expresses purpose negatively. The connective for negative purpose in Latin is ne, that not, lest: Oppidum muniunt, ne expugnetur. The Subjunctive in Clauses of Purpose. 420. Rule. The subjunctive is used with ut, ne, or a relative^ in clauses expressing the purpose of an action.
.
421.
VOCABULARY
(co
+ ago,
drive
together),
N.
(indecl.),
nothing
collect,
compel
locutus sum,
ago,
agere,
egi,
actum,
This
is
142
EXERCISES
Hostes fugiunt, ne capiantur. 2. Mllites fortiter pugnant, ne vincantur. 3. Liberos defendemus, ne in perlculo sint. 4. Hoc facimus, ne ab els videamur. 5. Pater
422.
i.
suas vocat, ut eas hortetur. 6. Consul ipse exercitum diicet, ut urbe potiatur. 7. Prmceps conhlrationem facit,
fllias
ut
sit
rex Helvetiorum.
9.
8.
Coniiirationem
facit,
ut appelle-
tur rex.
10.
Magistrates exercitum cogent, ne hie vir sit rx. In Italiam, ut cum consule loquar, contendam. 1 11. Heri
egl;
hodie hoc ago; eras nihil agam. 12. Dlcit se nihil eras acturum esse. 13. SequanI obsides regl Germanorum dederunt. 14. Rex Sequanos obsides dare coegit. 2
15.
multa
Hi duces Galliae
423. 1. I shall send a slave to give you the book. 2. The soldiers are using good shields, that they may not be wounded. 3. friend desires to speak 4 with you. 4. I have sent him to speak 5 with you. 5. The slaves are remaining in the forest, that they may
My
not be seen.
6.
Who
will
Memorize : Qui non proficit, deficit. He who does not advance falls behind.
Nil desperandum. Never despair. Nothing should be despaired
of.
LESSON LIV
THE IMPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE. PRIMARY AND ONDARY TENSES
424.
SEC-
Formation
The im-
perfect subjunctive may be formed by adding the personal endings to the active infinitive. The tense sign, therefore,
is -re-.
may
the de109.
420. 343.
143
I might
love,
ama'rem
ama'res
ama'ret
etc.
Second Conjugation
7"
might warn,
etc.
I might be warned,
etc.
mone'rem
mone'res mone'ret monere 'mus
monere'tis
mone'rer
monere 'ris
monere'tur monere 'mur
monere 'mini
moneren'tur
mone'rent
a. Conjugate regerem, regerer; caperem, caperer; audlrem, audirer, as given on pages 282 and 285.
b.
Form
;
venio
the imperfect subjunctive of do, video, duco, conor, vereor, utor, patior, potior.
426.
essem, / might
esses, you
might be
427.
Meaning
In most
subordinate clauses the imperfect subjunctive is to be translated like the imperfect indicative, as will be explained later.
1
See 427.
144
In purpose clauses, might or should is used to form the English equivalent, as in the following:
i.
2.
men who
should
see,
3.
428.
As was shown
will
in 411 a,
will
we
'
say,
come, he
come, he
have come),
venit (venit, veniet, venerit), ut videat. coming (he came, he had come), that he might see," veniebat (venit, venerat), ut videret.
present subjunctive, then, is used in a purpose clause when it depends on a main verb of present 1 or future action;
an imperfect subjunctive is used when it depends on a main verb of past action. 429. Primary and Secondary Tenses. The tenses of present and future action are called primary tenses. They include the present, present perfect, future, and future perfect indicative, the present and perfect subjunctive.
tenses of past action are called secondary tenses. They include the imperfect, historical perfect, and pluperfect indicative, the imperfect and pluperfect subjunctive.
The
430.
Rule.
The Sequence 2
(or
Harmony)
of Tenses.
In complex sentences primary ing upon primary tenses, secondary upon secondary tenses.
a.
will
ing lessons.
The present indicative is 431. The Historical Present. often used to state or describe a past event more vividly,
1
From
sequor.
J 45
432.
VOCABULARY
-1,
iugum,
legatio,
N., yoke
F.,
Haeduus,
mission,
pi.,
-onis,
embassy
equitatus, -us,
cavalry
Haeduus,
-a,
-um, Haeduan
M.
(eques),
principatus, -us,
ceps), leadership
M.
(prin-
Diviciacus,
-1,
M., Diviciacus
camp)
(div-i-shi-a/kus)
susceptum, (sub
undertake
-f-capio),
EXERCISES
433.
venit,
4.
i.
Puerum
audiret.
vocavT,
3.
lit
cum
eo loquerer.
2.
Puer
ut
Cur
Galli
oppidum incenderunt?
incenderunt, ne ab hostibus expugnaretur. 3 Caesar 5. equitatum miserat, qui hostes a castrls prohiberet. 6. Pontem faciebat, ut trans flumen exercitum tradu-
Oppidum
ceret.
7.
Servl
pugnaverunt, ut essent
ut esset rex.
9.
llberi.
8.
Idem 4
coniurationem
Mllites castra ponunt. 10. Idoneum locum deligunt, ut castra ponant. 11. Helvetil 5 exercitum Romanum sub iugum mlserunt. 12. Sub monte
fecit,
erat
1
vlcus
parvus.
13.
Quis
erit
legatus
ad clvitates?
Gallic tribe west of the Helvetii. Sub, like in, takes the accusative to denote motion, the ablative to denote rest. 3 See 221. 4 The same man. 6 The yoke, under which a conquered army was made to pass, was either an ox-yoke, or a spear resting across two other spears fixed upright
2
in the ground.
6
Ambassador.
146
Charles Gleyrc
Orgetorlx legationem ad clvitates proximas suscipiet. 16. Dlviciacus erat 15. Haedul erant proximi Helvetils.
princeps Haeduorum. 17. PrTncipatum civitatis suae obtinebat. 18. Dumnonx erat frater Diviciaci.
2. He said they 434. 1. He says they are pitching the camp. would pitch the camp. 3. He thinks they have pitched the camp. 4. He knew the camp had been pitched. 5. These legions had been sent to pitch the camp. 6. The sailor was using this trumpet, 1 that he might give the signal. 7. This is the trumpet that he used. 8. We fled that we might not be in danger.
1
See 403.
147
LESSON LV
THE DATIVE WITH SPECIAL VERBS. NOUN CLAUSES WITH UT OR NE
435classis, classis, F., fleet
VOCABULARY
indulged, indulgere, indulsi,
N.,
imperium, impe'ri
(96),
obey, submit
verbum,
N., word
impero,
-are,
-avi,
atum,
command
resistere,
resist
restiti,
Special Verbs. Such verbs as command, persuade, resist require a direct object in English, but an indirect object in Latin: Mflitibus imperavit, he commanded (gave orders to) the soldiers; suis arnlcis persuasit,
436.
he persuaded
to)
his friends;
Rule.
(stand against) the enemy. The dative of the indirect object is used with
meaning favor, help, please, trust and their opposites; believe, persuade, command, obey, serve, resist; envy,
a. These verbs include credo, impero, noceo, pared, persuaded, placed {please), resisto, studeo; but iubed and iuvd govern the accusative.
438. Noun Clauses with Ut or Ne. Clauses introduced by ut or ne are often used as nouns, depending on principal
11
148
verbs meaning advise, command, persuade, urge, and the like. The mood of the subordinate verb is the subjunctive, and
the tense
1. is
2.
EI persuasi, ut venlret, / persuaded him to come. Eum monebo, ne hoc faciat, / shall advise him not
do
this.
to
a. Notice in these illustrations that the English subordinate verb is in the infinitive; to come, to do.
b. Such noun clauses are sometimes called volitive clauses, or clauses of volition, denoting something that is wanted.
439.
Rule.
Noun
clauses with ut or
ne
permit,
persuade, urge.
a. These verbs include hortor, imperd, moneo, permittd, persuaded, peto (request), postulo (demand); but iubeo and patior take an infinitive with subject accusative (343).
Memorize :
Stultus, ab obliquo qui cum descendere possit, Ovid. Pugnat in adversas ire natator aquas.
He
a foolish swimmer who swims against the stream, when he might take the current sideways.
is
EXERCISES
His puerls persuadere conabor. 2. Sagittae copiarum oppidanis non nocuerunt. 3. Mllites imperatori parere debent. decimae legion! indulsit. 4. Caesar 5. Nonne
440.
i.
Roma
venit?
7.
novls rebus
studebant.
semper hortatur, ut fortes sint. 8. Legatus els imperabit, ut castra muniant. 9. Hi virl nobis persuaserunt, ne in vico remaneremus. 10. Monuistlne flnitimos, ut tuo consilio
1
literally,
new
things.
49
13.
Orgetorix
suam
matrimonium Dumnorlgl,
14.
principi
Haeduut
orum, dedit.
Dicit se
clvibus esse
persuasurum,
Rex
441.
will
words.
2.
He
says he
Roman
2 obeyed the chief, and sailed out-of the harbor with army. 4. 3 the whole fleet. 5. They will urge these boys to come. 6. They
We
7.
8. The magistrate will sail. the city to-day. 9. The general used these weapons to conquer 5 10. These men, who love their country, the forces of the enemy. are not eager for a revolution (new things). 11. Did you hear all the words of the consul?
The lieutenant ordered 4 the fleet warn the traders not to set out from
regnum
habuerat; itemque Dumnorlgl HaeduS, eo tempore prlncipatum in clvitate obtinebat, ut idem conaretur 8 persuadet, elque flliam suam in matrimonium dat. 9 Itaque hi tres prlncipes inter se fidem dant, et totius Galliae
imperio sese
1
10
See 403.
2
8
Denoting accompaniment
Accusative. Use iubeo.
(136).
4
6
6
7
Expressing purpose. In apposition with Castico. See 291. The imperfect is used because persuadet here has the force of a
Emphatic form
of se.
15
LESSON LVI
THE VERB POSSUM. CLAUSES OF RESULT
443. The verb possum, / am able, I can, the adjective potis, able, and the verb sum.
is
composed
(
of
The
principal
(to
be
able),
potui
I have been
a. Learn the conjugation of possum in the indicative, the subjunctive (present and imperfect), and the infinitive, as The participle potens, powerful, given on pages 290 and 291. is used as an adjective, as already learned (242).
444.
Possum
(no):
is
usually found
with a complementary
infinitive
1.
2.
Hoc facere possumus, we can (are able to) do this. Hoc facere poteramus, we could (were able to) do this.
445.
VOCABULARY
auxi'H,
auxilium,
help
N.,
aid,
terreo,
-ere,
-ui,
-itum,
frighten, terrify
(ad
+ cado, fall
to),
happen
much
tot, indecl. adj., so
ita, adv., so
many
tum
lego,
(ex
+ facio,
work
out),
sic, adv., so, in such a manner tarn, adv., so, used w. adjec-
bring about,
effect
tives
and adverbs
Result Clauses.
In
the
lectum
446.
sentence
"
The
soldiers
fought bravely, that they might conquer," the subordinate clause, as we know, expresses purpose, the will of the soldiers;
but
if
we
"
say,
They fought
CLAUSES OF RESULT
151
quered," the clause expresses a fact resulting from the main action and is called a clause of result.
The verb
but
subjunctive in Latin. The connective is ut, as in purpose clauses; but in negative result clauses ut non is used, not
ne.
1.
3.
oppidum muniebatur, ut non expugnaretur, town was so fortified that it was not captured. Tarn altus est mons, ut non ascendere possimus, mountain is so high that we cannot climb (it).
Sic
the
the
a. The main clause upon which a clause of result depends often contains an adverb meaning so (ita, sic, tarn) or an
adjective meaning such, so great (talis, tantus). The presence of such a word helps to distinguish a clause of result from one of purpose. b. The tense in result clauses follows the rule stated in 430.
447.
Rule.
The subjunctive
is
used with ut or ut
non in
The
clauses illustrated in
446 are adverbial. Other clauses of result are used as nouns, being the subject of verbs meaning happen and the subject
or object of verbs
1.
meaning accomplish,
happened
that the
2.
Consul
effecit
it
brought
ut esset copia frumentl, the consul about that there was a supply of grain.
449.
a.
b.
c.
Summary
of Ut Clauses.
We
may
Purpose clauses
(420).
Noun
mand,
clauses depending on verbs meaning advise, compersuade, urge, and the like (439). The negative is ne.
152
d.
Noun
clauses
The negative
is
ut non.
EXERCISES
450.
1.
Quis ilium
potlrl
4.
montem
hoc oppido
poterit.
Dlcit
se
audire
Nonne
could.
els
persuadere potestis?
will
We
can.
2.
You
3.
They
not be able.
6. I shall have 4. They have not been able. 5. He had been able. been able. 7. He says that you can. 8. He said that you could.
2.
3.
452. 1. Ita hostes territl sunt, ut in silvas fugerent. Milites se tarn celeriter receperunt, 1 ut paucl caperentur. Tantum erat perlculum puerorum, ut auxilium mittere4.
mus.
possit.
Haec
5.
semus.
7.
6.
puella tot libros habet, ut omnes legere non Orator tarn longe aberat, ut eum audire non posTalem consulem habetis, ut timere non debeatis.
sit
Accidit ut flumen
altum.
8.
Tanta
2 non possit. nis, ut agmen sine navibus transire 3 norlx perfecit ut civitates inter se obsides darent.
DumQuis
10.
omnia
sciat?
n. Verbum
4 sapientl sat
Quos
libros legistl?
2. He was so 453. 1. He is so brave that he fears nothing. brave that he feared nothing. 3. So great is their valor that they always conquer. 4. The Romans fortified the city in-such-a-way that the enemy were not able to take (capture) it. 5. It happened that the journey was not long. 6. Caesar ordered the scouts to climb the mountain. 7. The king will send the cavalry to frighten the enemy's troops. 8. I have read the letter that you wrote at Geneva. 9. Can you throw the javelin across the field?
1
See 387.
8 4
Inter se,
to
each other.
To
cross.
Enough,
sufficient.
COMPOUNDS OF SUM
1 53
LESSON LVII
COMPOUNDS OF SUM. THE DATIVE WITH COMPOUND
VERBS.
454.
sum
sum.
Verbs formed by combining with prepositions are conjugated like the simple verb
Compounds
Sum.
Among
be
these are:
away, be absent
praesum,
be near, be present
be lacking, fail
in charge {command) of
supersum,
survive
be
over,
remain,
intersum, be between
455.
VOCABULARY
praesto, praestare, praestiti, praestitum, stand before,
excel
mors, mortis,
fortification
F., death
F.,
munitio, -onis,
(munio),
sum, run
N., bond, fetter
vinculum,
theless
-i,
occurro,
occurrere,
occurri,
+ curro,
run
statum,5/awJ
456.
i.
legion! praeest,
Marcus
2.
Imperator legion!
Marcum
Marcus in-command-of
3.
the legion.
Marcus omnibus
in valor.
virtute praestat,
Marcus
excels all
a. The datives in these sentences depend upon verbs compounded with prae and are regarded as indirect objects.
154
457.
Rule.
in, inter,
compounded with ad, ante, con, de, ob, post, prae, pro, sub, super take a dative of the
Some
verbs
indirect object.
a.
Among
praesum
occurro, praeficio, praesto. b. The dative of indirect object, as now learned, is used with: 1. Transitive verbs (59). 2. Verbs of special meaning (437). 3. Verbs compounded with certain prepositions (457).
458. The Dative of the Possessor. We may express the " sentence The trader has a horse " in two ways in Latin:
Mercator equum habet, or Equus mercatori est. In the latter sentence, which literally means A horse is (belongs) to the trader, the possessor is expressed by the dative, and that which is owned by the nominative. The dative is used with the verb sum to de459. Rule.
note the possessor.
EXERCISES
460.
tis
1.
2.
Heri afuit
pars aesta-
Qulntus; eras
superest.
suls
3.
Magna
supererat, Caesar
5.
copils
in
cum Ex eo
6. Equites et naves et proelio multl mllites superfuerunt. frumentum Romanls deerant. 7. Nostrl hostibus occurre-
8.
ad
Labienum,
misit.
praeerat,
quam
fecerat,
10. Orgetorlx dixit Helvetios reliquls praefecit. Gallls praestare. 11. Huic mllitl sunt scutum et quattuor 12. Helvetils erant duodecim oppida et multl vlcl. plla.
Labienum
Postquam explorator has res vldit, ad castra cucurrit et 14. Decima legio in sinistra parte aciei legatos monuit.
13.
proxima nonae
stetit.
15.
REVIEW OF LESSONS
461.
i.
LI-LVII
155
did not have a large fleet. 1 2. Labienus had-been-in-command-of the army. 3. Brutus was-put-in-com-
The Romans
fleet.
mand-of the
4.
fleet.
Many men
5.
in-
command-of the
Can you
(men) have constructed (made)? 6. After the death of the chief, the tribe was conquered. 7. Did the conqueror send the army under the yoke? 8. Who is absent today?
Ea
coniuratio
principum
est
Helvetils
nuntiata.
Orgetorlgem indicium omnes suds clientes, quorum 5 habebat, conduxit. Per eos se eripuit.
ius
ex 3 vinculis
causam
dlcere 4
Ad magnum numerum
roegerunt.
6
Cum
cl vitas
armls
eius
Orgetorix mortuus
id,
est.
Post
quod
constituerant, facere
LESSON LVIII
REVIEW OF LESSONS
463.
LI-LVII
VOCABULARY
auxilium
156
sto
COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES
57
Ubi
ad earn rem
cum
els proficls-
LESSON LIX
COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES.
PARISON
466. Comparison. Adjectives in Latin, as in English, have three degrees: positive, comparative, and superlative. The comparative is formed by adding to the base of the positive -ior for the masculine
alt-ior, alt-ius, higher.
and feminine,
superlative is formed by adding -issimus (-a, -urn) to the base of the positive: alt-issimus,
-a,
The
-um,
highest.
Positive
Comparative
altior, higher
Superlative
altus, high
fortis, brave
fortior, braver
audax, bold
sapiens, wise
a.
audacissimus, boldest
sapientissimus, wisest
;
Compare densus,
longus
potens.
467. Adjectives in -er form the superlative by adding -rimus to the nominative of the positive:
acer, sharp
liber, free
a.
1
acrior, sharper
liberior, freer
acerrimus, sharpest
llberrimus, freest
Compare miser,
i.e.,
pulcher.
Rem, movement,
Portaturi, about
Domum,
the migration. carry (See 373). denoting place to which, modifying reditionis (282).
to
I58
468.
The
by
difficilis, difficult;
dissimilis, unlike;
humilis,
low:
facilis,
easy
a.
facilior, easier
difficilis, similis.
facillimus, easiest
Compare
Declension of Comparatives. Adjectives of the comparative degree belong to the third declension. Learn the
469.
dum longius.
manus
longior, oppi-
470.
pes, pedis, M.,foot turris, turns, F., tower
VOCABULARY
celer, celeris, celere, swift
vadum,
flow
471.
-1,
N.,ford
fluxum,
i.
2.
sword was
fuit
quam
pilum,
quattuor pedibus, sword was four feet shorter (shorter by four feet)
quam pflum
In the
first
COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES
472.
59
Rule.
but
comparative without
quam
is
followed by
the
when quam is used, the words denoting things compared are in the same case. The ablative is used with comparatives to 473. Rule. of difference. measure the press
the ablative;
ex-
EXERCISES
474.
oribus.
6.
i.
Agri latiores.
longioris.
2.
Flumina
5.
latiora.
3.
Miiris alti-
4.
In oppida pulchriora.
8.
Lacus
9.
Lacuum
10. 12.
longiorum.
Militi forti-
ori.
Militi
fortissimo.
Cum
militibus fortissimis.
11.
Celerrimae naves.
1.
475.
2.
Omnium
Belgae.
Apud
Caesar
l6o
esse latissimum atque altissimum putavit. 4. Scimus agros huius clvitatis esse feracissimos. 5. Tres potentisl simae nationes totius Galliae potlrl conatl sunt. 6. Terram
Rhenum
pulchriorem
facilius est
7.
Hoc
iter
erit difficile
multo 2 merca-
Galbam praefectiirum esse putaverunt. 11. Apud Romanos quis fuit clarior quam Caesar? 12. Nonne sapientes
4
pills?
476.
2.
Who
much
Was
he
was the most famous orator of the Romans? 5 more famous than his brother Quintus? 3. We
know
that in winter the days are shorter than the nights. 4. You have never seen braver soldiers. 5. They will resist 6 the most powerful enemy. 6. The Gauls were conquered by a more powerful nation. 7. The tower was ten feet higher than the wall. 8. The
7 king will use his swiftest ships, that he may reach the province in a few days. 9. The shortest road is not always the easiest.
Memorize:
Silent leges inter arma. The laws are silent in time of war,
possent: tinum
per Sequanos, angustum et difficile, inter montem Iuram et flumen Rhodanum (mons tarn propinquus erat, ut facile 9
paucl prohibere
facilius,
10
possent)
fluit
propterea quod
inter fines
gum
1
n Rhodanus
403
473. 223. 319.
a.
2
8
4 6
*
Pervenio ad.
Domo
Adv.,
exlre, to emigrate.
easily.
10
By much.
See 437.
l6l
LESSON LX
IRREGULAR COMPARISON OF ADJECTIVES
478.
The
optimus, best
pessimus, worst
magnus,
great
maior, greater
parvus, small
multus, much,
a.
pi.
many
the
Decline
melior,
maius (gen. maioris); peior, peius (gen. peioris); minor, minus (gen. minoris). b. Learn the declension of plus, as given on page 273. In the singular this word is used only as a noun.
479.
The
exterus, outside
inferus, below
extremus (extimus),
outermost
postremus
last
(postumus),
superus, above
superior, higher
supremus (summus),
highest
adjectives are compared by using the adverbs and magis, more, maxime, most, with the positive; especially adjectives in -us preceded by e or i: idoneus, dubius:
480.
Some
dubius
magis dubius
maxime dubius
The comparative is sometimes 481. Special Meanings. to be translated by too or rather: longior, too long, or rather long; the superlative by very: longissimus, very long.
1 62
482.
collis, collis,
VOCABULARY
M.,
hill
slavery
mereor,
mereri,
deserve, merit
meritus
sum,
EXERCISES
483.
1.
Consilium melius.
2.
minor.
cornua.
clvitates.
4.
7.
Domus minima.
Maior
10.
5.
3.
6.
9.
Insula
Maiora
Plures
12.
spes.
8.
Maximus numerus.
11.
Plurimae naves.
13.
Extremi
fines.
In-
ferior
pars.
Postero
die.
14.
15. Summa cum laude. 16. Altissimus mons. 18. E pluribus unum.
Homines nihil peius esse servitute putant. 2. Hie puer maiorem laudem quam ille meretur. 3. Scio te maximam laudem meriturum esse. 4. Existimasne milites minorem laudem quam imperatorem meritos esse? 5. Belgae sunt
484.
1.
proximl Germanis.
pertinent.
8. 9.
6.
Ad
hostium vlsae erant. 10. Exploratores mittentur, ut locum magis idoneum castris deligant.
In
colle copiae
summo
1.
485.
Peace
is
2.
We
is
Italy
is
much
6.
The tenth
legion
8.
hears that those slaves are 2 It often happens that a smaller 7. This man has many horses and carts. 3
of, the
He
Summus
2
1
here means the highest part See 448. Express in two ways (459).
top
of.
adverbs:
163
the
province
486. Allobroges, clvitas provinciae, a, populo Romano 1 Extrenuper pacati erant et ob earn rem non erant amid.
fini-
Ex
suos fines e5s iter facere paterentur. ad rlpam RhodanI omnes conveniant.
Diem
dlcunt
qua
die
qulntum (i. e., quintus dies ante) Kalendas Aprlles. Lucius Plso et Aulus Gabmius erant consules Romani.
diem Turn
LESSON LXI
ADVERBS: THEIR FORMATION AND COMPARISON
487. Formation of Adverbs.
chiefly
from adjectives.
a. Some adverbs are formed from adjectives of the first and second declension by adding -e to the base: latus, wide,
late, widely.
b.
declension
audacter, boldly; fortis, brave, fortiter, bravely. c. Some adverbs are case forms of adjectives or nouns, as the neuter accusative: facile, easily, multum, much; the
ablative: primo, at
first,
una,
together.
488.
Comparison
of Adverbs.
is
pared thus:
the neuter singular of the comparative of the adjective; the superlative is the superlative of the adjective with final -us changed to -e.
1
The comparative
Adjective.
They appoint.
repeated antecedent.
12
164
Positive
late, widely
libere, freely
acriter, sharply
latius, more widely liitissime, most widely liberius, more freely llberrime, most freely acrius, more sharply acerrime, most
sharply
sapienter, wisely
sapientius, wisely
facile, easily
facilius,
more
sapientissime,
wisely
most
more
easily
a. Form adverbs from the following adjectives and compare them: audax, brevis, celer, clarus, miser.
489.
Irregular Comparison.
The
irregular in
comparison:
Comparative
Superlative
Positive
ill
maxime, most
plurimum, most minime, least
diutissime, longest proxime, nearest, next
minus,
less
diutius, longer
prope, near
propius, nearer
In the expressions fortiter pugnat, magis idoneus, minus facile, notice that the adverbs modify the verb pugnat, the adjective idoneus, and the adverb facile.
490.
a.
An
it
modifies.
491.
verbs.
Rule.
Adverbs modify
492. A superlative adjective or adverb may be used with the adverb quam to denote the highest possible degree: quam maximus, as large as possible, the largest possible; quam
fortissime, as bravely as possible.
adverbs:
493.
165
VOCABULABT
maturo,
hasten
-are,
-avi,
nemo, dat. nemini, ace. nemi1 nem, M. and F., no one omnino (omnis), adv., in all,
altogether, only
-atum,
quam, adv.,w.
superlatives, as
as possible (492)
exercises
494. 1. Legiones diu atque acriter pugnaverunt. 2. Cae2 accusavit. sar prlncipes clvitatis graviter 3. Servus tarn celeriter cucurrit, ut non caperetur. 4. Uter niintius celerius
pervenit?
5.
Nemo
sapientius
8.
quam
7.
Sextus
dixit.
6.
Pater
meus puerls
facilius persuadebit.
Domus
amlcl mei ab
Helvetil
carrorum coemerunt.
restitit.
10.
12.
Haec
1.
faciemus, illud minime facile. puella omnia maxima cum cura facit.
facillime
n. Hoc
495.
have more
camp many
longer.
This boy reads better than he writes. 2. These farmers fields than their neighbors. 3. We ought to attack the more boldly. 4. The legion fought less fiercely, 3 because had been wounded. 5. The sailors could not remain home
6.
easily.
7.
The messenger
came
as quickly as possible.
Haedui.
The
2
8 4
Severely.
Acriter.
Presses on.
1 66
vinciae toti
erat
imperat;
omnino
Gallia
legio
una.
Genavam,
iubet rescind!.
LESSON LXII
THE PERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE. INDIRECT QUESTIONS
Formation of the Perfect Subjunctive. The perfect subjunctive is formed in the active voice by adding the tense sign -eri- and the personal endings to the perfect stem;
497.
in the passive
by combining the
498.
FIRST
sim
CONJU-
(-a)
(-a) sis
(-a, -urn) sit
amaveri'mus
amaveri'tis
ama'verint
a.
amati (-ae) simus amati (-ae) sitis amati (-ae, -a) sint
In the same way conjugate monuerim, monitus sim; rexerim, rectus sim; ceperim, captus sim; audiverim, auditus sim. The perfect subjunctive forms of sum and possum are fuerim and potuerim.
499.
Meaning
The
perfect
subjunctive usually has the same meaning as the perfect indicative: amaverim, / have loved, I loved; amatus sim, /
have been loved, I was loved.
Special meanings
Provinciae imperat, he
levies
upon
the province.
INDIRECT QUESTIONS
67
VOCABULARY
M.
(a
adventus, -us,
to), arrival,
coming
cognosco,
cognoscere,
cog-
approach
Idus, -uum, F., the Ides (i.e., the fifteenth day of March,
revert!,
reversum, turn
back, return
animus,
-I,
M., mind,
spirit
501. Indirect Questions. If a question is dependent on a verb such as ask, say, see, tell, wonder, it is an indirect question. The verb of an indirect question in Latin is in the sub-
junctive:
a.
Rogo quid
faciat,
7"
ask what he
is
doing.
by
In former lessons direct questions have been introduced nonne, or num. In indirect questions the same words are used, except nonne, but -ne and num mean whether, without distinction.
quis, uter, cur, ubi, -ne,
b.
The
sequence (430):
1.
2.
(rogabo, rogavero) quid faciat, / ask (shall ask, shall have asked) what he is doing. Rogo (rogabo, rogavero) quid fecerit, / ask (shall ask,
Rogo
3.
what he has done (what he did). Rogabam (rogavi, rogaveram) quid faceret, / was asking (asked, had asked) what he was doing.
shall have asked)
502.
junctive.
Rule.
The
verb of
an
EXERCISES
Quis fuit consul Romanus? 2. Rogat quis fuerit 3. Potesne in portu naves videre? 4. Rogant num naves videre possis. 5. Utra puella laudata est? 6. Sclsne utra puella laudata sit? 7. Ubi mllites castra ponebant?
503* consul.
1.
1 In the present, imperfect and future of revertor, passive forms are used with active meanings. Other tenses are active in form.
1 68
ubi castra ponerent. 9. Cur Helvetil omnia 10. Discemus ciir oppida incenoppida sua incenderunt?
8.
Non vidimus
n. Nonne RomanI pulchram urbem habuerunt? 12. Legimus urbem fuisse pulcherrimam. 13. Adventus Caesaris non cognitus erat. 14. Hostes de eius adventu cognoscere non potuerant. 15. Hostes in animo iter per agros
derint.
is
asked the leader what he intended to do. 5. Did you learn the letter? 6. The scouts will be sent to find out the of river. 8. The the 7. I think the river is not very deep. depth lake is many feet deeper than the river.
4.
We
who wrote
citum Romanum temporibus antlquls ab Helvetils victum et sub iugum missum, els nihil pollicitus est. Tamen legates ad 4 Idiis Aprlles ad se revertl iussit.
LESSON LXIII
THE PLUPERFECT SUBJUNCTIVE. REVIEW OF THE SUBJUNCTIVE. TEMPORAL CLAUSES WITH CUM
506.
Formation
The
plu-
perfect subjunctive
1
formed
by adding
See 420.
2
3
might be permitted to
them).
4
Ad
Idus Apriles, on
1 69
the tense sign -isse- and the personal endings to the perfect stem; in the passive by combining the perfect participle
with essem.
507.
amavis'sem
amavis'ses
amavis'set
(-a)
essem
esset
(-a) esses
(-a, -urn)
amavisse 'mus
amavisse'tis
amavis'sent
amati (-ae) essemus amati (-ae) essetis amati (-ae, -a) essent
a. In the same way conjugate monuissem, monitus essem ; rexissem, rectus essem; cepissem, captus essem; audivissem, auditus essem. The pluperfect forms of sum and possum are fuissem and potuissem.
508.
Meaning
may have
The
been loved; or it may be translated with should {would) have: I should {you would) have loved, I should {you would) have been loved.
509.
subjunctive endings
First Person Singular
Active
Passive
-er, -ar
Present
-em, -am
Imperfect
Perfect
-rem
-erim
-rer
Pluperfect -issem
a.
What stems
of the
170
510.
171
not only states the time, but under which a past main action occurred, the subordinate verb is in the imperfect or pluperfect subjunctive, as poneret and venisset in sentence 2.
a clause with
describes the circumstances
When
cum
513.
Rule.
Memorize:
Vincit qui patitur. He conquers who endures.
Vincit qui se vincit. He conquers who overcomes himself,
EXERCISES
514.
1.
Cum
2.
tium
mlsit.
legatus haec audivisset, ad Caesarem nunCum amici nostri in Italia essent, llberos regis
vlderunt.
3.
Cum
esset, slg-
num
4. copiae multas horas fortissime proell dedit. Helvetil pugnavissent, castrls hostium potltl sunt. 5.
Cum
Cum
oppida sua incendissent, ex finibus profecti sunt. 6. Cum Roman! castra munirent, hostes in eos impetum fecerunt. Hie vir dicit se ibi quattuor annos 7. Fuistlne in Britannia?
Legatus dicit se in castellls praesidia dispositurum esse. 9. Explorator collem ascendit, quo 1 facilius munitiones hostium videret. 10. Turn rex partem copiarum,
8.
habitavisse.
elves, qui magno in perlculo sunt, auxilium petent. 12. Sclsne cur auxilium petant? 13. Sclsne cur auxilium petierint?
mlsit.
11.
Hi
When my friend was living in Italy, he wrote many letters to me. 2. When I had read these letters, I desired to see the 2 in the senate, country. 3. On that day when the consul spoke very many were present. 4. The men who live there are very
515.
1.
1 2
a.
172
73
will
7.
defend us.
6.
They
will
send
Interea
in
ad montem Iuram, qui fines Sequanorum ab Helvetiis dlvidit, murum fossamque perducit. Ibi praesidia disponit et castella munit, quo 2 facilius
flumen
1
Rhodanum
Influit,
itinere
LESSON LXIV
CARDINAL NUMERAL ADJECTIVES.
THE ACCUSATIVE OF
classes of
EXTENT
517.
Classes of Numerals.
numeral adjectives: cardinal, denoting how many, as unus, one; ordinal, denoting which one of a series, as primus, first;
distributive,
denoting
how many
a time.
5l8.
1,
CARDINAL NUMERALS
9,
2,
novem
decern
17,
septendecim
duodeviginti
10, 11,
18,
3, tres, tria
4,
5,
undecim duodecim
tredecim
19, undeviginti
20, viginri
6,
7,
quinque sex
30, triginta
septem
octo
a.
quattuordecim quindecim
100,
centum
8,
sedecim
Constructs.
2 3
174
519.
The only
duo, tres,
of mllle.
hundreds
is
Tres
ducenti,
bonus.
520. Mllle in the singular is usually an adjective and is not declined: cum mllle viris, with a thousand men. The
plural milia
is
by
a limiting genitive:
cum
men
(lit.,
thousands of men).
521.
VOCABULARY
quot, indecl. adj., how circiter, adv., about
many?
how?
,
quam,
pateo,
interrog. adv.,
patere,
lie
patui,
extend,
open
2.
multos pedes altus est, the hill is many feet high. Oppidum Belgarum aberat milia passuum octo, a town of the Belgae was eight miles away.
accusatives pedes and milia, which are used in answering How high is the hill ? How far is the town ? are called accusatives of extent of space. An accusative of extent is similar to
The
to
denote extent
of
space.
1 By passus the Romans meant the distance between two successive positions of the same foot. It is therefore longer than the English pace.
75
EXERCISES
524.
i.
Labietria
nus
RomanI
3.
mllia
passuum
ab
castrls
CCXL
Orgetorlx
mllia
hominum
Circiter mllia
6.
fuerunt.
hominum CXXX (centum trlginta) superHanc puellam rogavimus quot libros legisset.
habeas? 8. Hi puerl multos passus 7. Sclsne quot amlcos current. 9. Scio eos ducentos passus cucurrisse. 10. Marcus
potest.
The army marched (for) five days. 1 2. The army marched three miles. 3. The lake extends a mile in (into) breadth and two miles in length. 4. The length of the camp will not be much 2 greater than the breadth. 5. When they had built (made)
as
many
sail.
6.
Cornelia
of
two famous
sons.
7.
Lucius
will
8. The brave leader was holding the fort with three other boys. three hundred men. 9. When the trader was in Gaul, he bought four 10. There were twenty-five ships in the and carts. horses eight
fleet.
Answer in Latin the following questions: 1. Quam 2. Quam latum est flumen? 3. Quam longus est murus? hodie adsunt? via? est 4. Quot puerl 5. Quot puerl longa
526.
absunt?
quam Caesar cum legatis constituerat, ad eum reverterunt, dlcit se non posse iter Turn Helvetii Rhodanum navibus iilll per provinciam dare. 5 4 et vadls, qua minima altitudo rluminis erat, transire conatl sunt, sed munitione et militum tells repulsi sunt.
527.
Ubi ea
dies,
See 290.
4
See 4736
See 49 2
Where.
To
cross.
176
LESSON LXV
ORDINAL ADJECTIVES.
528.
first,
-um):
primus,
singuli,
(-ae, -a):
one at a time, bini, two at a time. These adjectives are dedined like bonus, the distributives in the plural only.
a. Learn from page 275 the the formation of the others.
first
ten ordinals
and notice
529.
i. 2.
3.
boys.
4.
5.
Minus
In these expressions the genitive denotes the whole, modifying a word denoting a part. A genitive so used is called a
genitive of the whole.
a part may be a noun, a pronoun or (interrogative indefinite), an adjective, or an adverb (of quantity, degree, or place). b. The ablative with de or ex is sometimes used instead of the genitive, especially after cardinal numbers: unus ex pueris, one of the boys.
a.
the whole,
depending
531.
i.
man
2.
magna
of great courage.
the Belgae were
virtute,
3.
(men) of
4.
ORDINAL ADJECTIVES
Notice in the illustrations that
vir,
77
Belgae, and fossa are described by genitive or ablative phrases and that there is an Genitives and ablatives so used adjective in each phrase.
are called genitives of description (or descriptive genitives)
and
and weight are expressed by the genicharacteristics tive; physical by the ablative. Other descriptive phrases may be in either case.
a.
Measure,
size,
532.
Rule.
The
an
adjective
in agreement,
may
533.
VOCABULARY
-drum, N., winter
the
hiberna,
conscribo,
(con
scribo,
quarters
San-
hiemo,
Instru5,
-are,
-avi,
-atum,
Instruxi,
EXERCISES
534. 1. Un5 anno duodecim menses sunt. Secundus menbrevior est quam tertius. 2. Quarta hora classis Romana
3.
sis
ad Britanniam pervenit.
structa
est.
4.
conscrlpta erat. 5. Labienus militibus decimae legionis imperavit, ut hiberna munlrent. 6. Mercator dlcit satis frumenti esse in oppido.
Legio
octava
Italia
7.
Nuntiatum
vastavisse.
Romanum.
sperat.
10.
multitudinem Germanorum agros Galliae 1 8. Helveth erant inimico animo in populum animo C5nsul futuros meliore elves esse 9. Meo amlco persuadere conabor ut mecum
est
1
R5mae
hiemet.
Toward.
178
535.
large
1.
The
soldiers
are
4. They are fortified by a wall of (sufficiently large) The wall is ten feet x high. 6. The commander is a man of great influence. 7. Three of his sons 2 are soldiers. 8. thought the Germans were (men) of greater bravery than the Hel-
enough
5.
ten
feet.
Many
vetians.
536.
Answer in Latin
2.
domi
vldisti?
4.
Quocum
loctitus es?
3.
1.
dabitur?
5.
agrum Sequanorum et Haeduorum iter in fines Santonum Haec civitas non longe a provincia, abest. Ob earn facere. causam sciebat provinciam magno in perlculo futuram. 3 Itaque el munition!, quam fecerat, Labienum legatum praefecit.
hiema-
Cum
Alpes in Galliam
!re
contendit, et trans
citum ducit.
LESSON LXVI
INDEFINITE PRONOUNS.
538.
to
Indefinite Pronouns.
or
pronouns refer
some person
1
ticular one.
2
3
some thing without indicating the parThey include quis, any, any one, any thing, and What case? (See 523.) What case? (See 529 &.)
the dative used? situated at the head of the Adriatic.
4
6
Why is A town
To
go.
INDEFINITE PRONOUNS
its
179
compounds. The compounds used most frequently are aliquis, some, some one, some thing; quisquam, any at all;
quisque, each, every, each one, each thing; quidam, a certain, a certain one, a certain thing.
Like other pronouns, the indefinites may be used as adquidam miles, a certain soldier. b. Quis is used chiefly after certain conjunctions (si, nisi, ne, num). Quisquam is used chiefly in negative sentences. As an adjective quisquam is not used, ullus taking its place.
a.
jectives:
539.
The nominative
singular
as follows:
Pronouns
Adjectives
M.
quis
aliquis
N.
quid
aliquid
M.
qui
aliqui
F.
N.
aliquod
quisquam
quisque
quidquam
(quicquam)
quidque
quisque quaeque
quodque
quidam
a.
b.
quaedam quiddam
quidam quaedam
quoddam
The full declension of these words is given on page 278. Quisquam has no plural. The plural of the other words
is
is
complete and
Review of Pronouns. The indefinites form the seventh and last class of pronouns. Review the declension of
540.
There are about thirty Latin prepositions used with the accusative and twelve with the ablative. The following have been given in the preced541.
of Prepositions.
Review
ing lessons:
a.
With the
ablative:
ad, ante, apud, circum, contra, sub, trans. a (ab), cum, de, e (ex), in, pro,
sine, sub.
13
l8o
542.
VOCABULARY
iam, adv., already, by this time
EXERCISES
* Quis erit dux? 2. Puto quendam ex his pueris ducem futurum. 3. Quaedam nationes, quae Alpes incole2 exercitum prohibere conatl sunt. 4. Hoc bant, itinere
543.
1.
consilium cuiquam non nuntiabimus. 5. Dlcit se sine con6. Quisque sensu omnium non facturum esse quicquam.
domum
7.
In con-
spectu imperatoris quisque miles fortius pugnavit. 9. 10. Hie naves non sunt eaedem quas herl vidisti.
Hae
collis
multo altior est quam ille. 11. Marco ipsl persuadebimus, ut ad urbem veniat. 12. Quot nova verba hodie didicimus?
3 2. I have not $44. 1. Some friends have come to see you. seen any one to-day, but I shall try to see many friends to-morrow. 4. We shall send certain 3. Do you know the name of each girl? men (as) guides. 5. There were two consuls at Rome each year. 6. The king had his son with him. 7. Those ships are almost in 8. There was no one in the field except the slaves. sight of land. 9. On account of the scarcity of water the camp will be moved. 10. There is a beautiful village at the foot of the hill.
A PARLEY
545.
Helvetii
et fines
Sequanorum suas
copiastraduxerant, et in HaeduOrum fines pervenerant eorum4 que agros vastabant. Haedul cum se ab els defendere non
possent. legatos ad
1 1
181
in conspectu exercitus
RomanI
Eodem tempore
socii Haeduorum nuntiant se non facile ab oppidls vim hostium prohibere. Propter has iniurias Caesar cum Helvetils bellum gerere constituit.
LESSON LXVII
REVIEW OF LESSONS
546.
LIX-LXVI.
VOCABULARY
adventus
l82
4.
Compare
exterus,
superus.
Decline Kberior.
9.
7.
adverbs formed?
Compare
latus.
10.
Decline unus, duo, tres. 12. Decline aliquis as a pro11. Decline ducenti, mflle. noun; as an adjective. 13. How is the perfect subjunctive
The pluperfect? 14. Write a synopsis of duco in the active indicative and subjunctive, third person singular.
formed?
Write a synopsis of hortor in the third person plural. 16. Illustrate by a Latin sentence the ablative of comparison; the measure of difference. 17. Illustrate the accusative of of the whole the ablative of description. the extent; genitive 18. What is an indirect question? 19. When does cum, when,
15.
;
-tor,
one who commands; explorator, mercator, orator, victor. -io (-sio, -tio), -tus (-sus), -ium, denoting action: leg-io, lit. a collecting; ora-tio, a speaking; adven-tus, a comtor,
b.
imper-ium, a commanding; coniuratio, munitio; auxilium, indicium, praesidium, studium. c. -men, -mentum, denoting action, the means or the result of action: flu-men, a flowing; ag-men, that which is led;
ing
to;
fru-mentum,
that
which
is
enjoyed;
nomen, iumentum.
-tudo, forming abstract nouns deor condition: audac-ia, boldness, amici-tia, noting quality
d. -ia (-tia), -tas, -tus,
friendship;
boni-tas, goodness;
iniuria,
vir-tus,
manliness;
magnicivitas,
tudo, greatness;
memoria,
victoria, vigilia;
cupiditas, libertas;
servitus;
multitudo.
83
LESSON LXVIII
THE IMPERATIVE MOOD.
549.
The imperative in Latin, as in English, expresses a command. The present tense has only the second person.
550.
1 84
552.
ratis, ratis, F., raft
VOCABULARY
concido, concidere, concidi,
cut
not yet
tum, join
tum
(ab
hide, conceal
EXEECISES
urbem
3.
553.
Fortissime
defendite.
2.
sulem
celeriter mitte
Hortare
elves, ut in
4.
legate,
omnes copias
6.
tuas.
5.
Legatum
Why
subjunctive?
participles:
185
maneat.
iusserunt.
10.
8. 9.
Principes Helvetiorum multas rates iungl Puerl parvam ratem in 1 flumine habebunt.
quam
in
partem
agmen
Come
iter faciat.
2.
3.
Throw
longer arrows, Marcus. 6. quer. 7. Tell me, Cornelia, what books all these words with great care.
you have
read.
8.
Learn
Flumen
in
est
Arar,
quod per
Influit.
fines
Haeduorum
et
Sequanorum
Rbodanum
4 Tres partes copiarum iam traduo iunxerant, translbant. tae erant; quarta pars citra flumen reliqua erat. Ea pars
clvitatis
appellabatur Tigurlnus;
nam omnis
cl vitas
Hel-
vetia in quattuor pagos dlvisa est. Caesar de 5 tertia vigilia cum tribus legionibus e castris 6 7 profectus ad earn partem, quae nondum flumen transierat,
pervenit, et
magnum numerum
proximas
concldit.
Reliqui fugerunt
atque
se in
silvas abdiderunt.
LESSON LXIX
PARTICIPLES:
556.
Tense Endings
Participles, as defined
2.
1 3
(260).
5
6
Direction.
What
Were
(See 43-)
Had
crossed.
i86
3.
4.
passive in -ndus.
a. The endings of the present active and of the future passive are added to the present stem: ama-ns, ama-ndus.
557.
participles:
a.
187
2.
vldi, / saw the bridge {that Romans. was) Exercitus victus sub iugum mittetur, (if) the army (is)
built
defeated,
3.
(it)
will be sent
under
Miles vulneratus
fortiter pugnavit,
560.
VOCABULARY
repentinus, -a, -um, sudden
commoveo
EXERCISES
561.
2.
1.
Nonne
audlvistl
consulem
mllites
laudantem?
Marcus multos libros a Romanis scrlptos legit. 3. Servus territus ex urbe fugit. 4. Mercatores domo prima hora 2 x Genavam sub vesperum pervenerunt. 5. Celtae profectl 6. Imperator suos hostes oppidum munientes terruerunt.
cohortatus^Ignumproelldedit. 7. OrgetorIx,regnI cupiditate Flnitiml HelvetiOrum, 8. inductus, coniurationem fecit. sua eodem usl consilio, oppida vlcosque incenderunt. 9. Castra in loco natura
munlto ponunt.
vulneratorum in castrls erat. malium currentium trans agros videre poteris. 12. prlncipis, ab hostibus capta, ad reglnam ducebatur.
562. 1. the sailors.
Fllia
The boys (having been) sent by their father were aiding 2. Did you see the boys aiding the sailors? 3. (While I was) living in Italy, I learned many things about 3 the Romans. 4. The lieutenant has a beautiful sword, given by his friends. 5. Divico was a man of great authority among the Helvetians. 6. He had been a leader of the army for many years.
1
See 557
a.
Towards.
De.
1 88
"
Si
populus
manebimus ubi nos manere iubes; sin noblscum bellum gerere vis, 2 memoria tene Helvetios a patribus suls fortitudinem didicisse, et omnes
faciet, ibi
1
inimlcos superare posse. Si in proelio contendes, locus ex calamitate popull RomanI nomen capiet."
LESSON LXX
THE ABLATIVE ABSOLUTE
564.
1.
Galba imperante, legio vicit, with Galba commanding (or, Galba commanding; when Galba commanded; since Galba commanded; if Galba commanded), the
legion conquered. Civitate victa, legio in Alpibus hiemavit, the tribe having been conquered (or, after the tribe had been con-
2.
quered;
3.
wintered in the Alps. Galba duce, legio proficiscetur, with Galba as leader
conquered the
(or,
the
leadership
of
in
these
sentences
illustrate
the
that is, an ablative loosely connected with the rest of the sentence, like the English nominative abso1
In
that place.
You
wish.
89
The
may
best
by a clause
expressing time {when, while, after), cause {since, because), concession {though, although), condition {if), as shown in the model sentences. The ablative absolute, in other words, is often a substitute for a subordinate clause.
Rule. A noun or pronoun in the ablative, with a noun, an adjective, or a participle in agreement, may be used
565.
to
express time, cause, condition, or other relation. 566. Observe also the following:
1.
Having said these things, the chief went away, his rebus dictis, princeps discessit.
Having spoken
thus, the chief
2.
went away,
ita locutus,
princeps discessit.
a. The tense of the participle in an ablative absolute is either present or perfect. Since the Latin verb lacks the perfect active participle, an active phrase, such as having said these things, must be changed in translation to the passive
The
sentence
3.
The town having been fortified was easily defended, oppidum munitum facile defensum est.
c.
Compare sentences 3 and 4, and notice that the noun participle (oppidum munitum) are not in the absolute construction in the last sentence, because the noun is also the subject of the main verb (defensum est).
and
190
567.
VOCABULARY
responded, respondere, respondl, responsum, reply (de + pono), depono put
-1,
responsum,
invitus, -a,
N., reply
-um, unwilling
+ facio) make
,
amends, satisfy
etiam, adv., even, also
attempt
a. Decline hoc responsum; compare recens; give a synopsis of tempto in the active, third person singular, and of depono in the passive, third plural.
Memorize : Carpe diem. Enjoy the present day. Seize the opportunity. Cave quid dicis, quando, et cui. Be cautious as to what you say, when, and to whom.
EXERCISES
(Translate each ablative absolute literally; then form a better English equivalent phrase or clause.)
568.
1.
Navibus
vlsis,
domum
revertemur.
2.
Vicls in-
censls, Helvetil cum omnibus copils profecti sunt. 3. Helvetil, cum vicos suos incendissent, proficisci erant parati. 4. Urbe capta, elves fiigerunt. 5. Hoc oppidum, paucis
defendentibus, expugnare non potuimus. 6. Potitl oppido, id miinire coepimus. 7. Slgno dato, legio decima impetum
2
fecit.
8.
9.
His rebus
11.
12.
fecit.
1
a).
2
1
191
1. (With) Marcus (as) commander, we shall easily conquer. centurions having been called together, the lieutenant advised them. 3. Having written the letter, I called the messenger. 4. The letter having been written was given to the messenger. 5. After reading the letter (i.e., the letter having been read) I persuaded the messenger l to remain. 2 6. I saw the consul's daughter reading a new book.
2.
The
per provinciam temptaverunt, agros sociorum popull Roman! vastaverunt. Sin obsides mihi dabunt, et si Haeduis de iniurils satisfacient, quas els sochsque eorum intu3 lerunt, cum clvitate Helvetia pacem faciam." Dlvico respondit: " Helvetil obsides accipere, non dare solent." 4 Hoc responso dato, discessit.
LESSON LXXI
THE FUTURE PARTICIPLES.
571.
future active participle is used with forms of sum, to express action about to occur, or intended: Laudaturus sum, / am about to praise, I am going
to praise,
a.
Active Periphrastic.
I intend
to praise.
The combination
sum
1 2 3 4 6
(439)?
The compound
" form is a form consisting of more than one word. periphrastic tenses of the passive voice (261) are therefore periphrastic, but the word is limited to the above use.
"
192
572.
is
Passive Periphrastic. The future passive participle used with forms of sum to express action as necessary or
proper:
Laudandus
he must be praised.
a.
The combination
of
sum
ticiple is
573.
i.
(must be)
2.
3.
warned by me, I must warn the sailor. Mihi nauta monendus erat, the sailor was to be {had to be) warned by me, I had to warn the sailor. Mihi nauta monendus erit, the sailor will have to be warned by me, I shall have to warn the sailor.
a passive periphrastic form the agent or doer of the action is expressed by the dative instead of the ablative.
With
574.
Rule.
The
periphrastic conjugation.
575.
VOCABULARY
-a,
iniquus,
-um
-a.,
(uneven),
unfavorable
quingenti, -ae, dred
five
(fol-
hun-
pello, pellere,pepuli,pulsum,
put
to flight
praemitto(prae+mittd),se;zd in advance
EXERCISLS
576.
est.
3.
1.
Slgnum daturl sunt. 2. Slgnum tuba dandum Caesarl omnia tino tempore erant agenda. 4. Nonne
5.
Epistula
tibi
scrlbenda
erit.
frumentum comportaturl erant. 7. Nationes 8. Nonne putas hiiius terrae pacem conflrmaturae sunt. esse? 9. Legio decima, pacem his nationibus conflrmandam
Agricolae
THE GERUNDIVE.
cui
10.
1
THE GERUND
vigilia
1 93
motura
11.
fuit.
Die
sit.
The boys
was about-toadvise the traders. 4. The traders had to be advised by the lieuhimself is going-to-command the legions. 3 tenant. 5. Caesar 6. He said that Caesar himself was going-to-command the legions.
The boys
A CAVALRY SKIRMISH
578.
Idem
facit
Caesar, et equitatum omnem ad numerum quattuor milium 4 5 praemittit, qui videant quam in partem hostes iter faciant.
6 agmen InsecutI inlquo loco cum equitatu Qui cupidius Helvetiorum contendunt, et paucl de equitibus Romanls
cadunt.
Helvetii, quod qulngentls equitibus tantam multitudinem pepulerant, audacius resistere coeperunt. Caesar suos a proeli5 continebat. Ita dies qulndecim iter fecerunt, ut hostium agmen a Romano qulnque aut sex mllia passuum abesset.
Hac
victoria sublatl
LESSON LXXII
THE GERUNDIVE.
579.
THE GERUND
when used as an attributive adjective, is called a gerundive. The gerundive is used chiefly in the genitive, accusative, and
ablative cases, singular and plural; rarely in the dative.
1
See 457.
2 3
Change
What
case?
4 6
Too
eagerly.
Elated.
194
i
.
2.
De
a.
urbe videnda locutus est, he spoke about the city (lit., about the city to be seen).
seeing
Purpose is expressed by causa, for the sake, for the purpose, with the genitive of the gerundive, or by ad with the accusative. Causa always follows the genitive phrase.
3.
Urbis videndae causa venimus, we have come for purpose of seeing the city.
ParatI ad
the
4.
are ready to
be seen).
singular of the gerundive is used as a verbal noun, called the gerund. The gerund is active in meaning and is equivalent to the English verbal in
580.
-ing.
The nominative
is
supplied
by the present
infinitive.
amando, for
loving
Ace.
Abl.
a.
b.
amandum,
loving
(etc.) loving
amando, by
Decline monendi, regendi, capiendi, audiendL Deponent verbs have gerunds, as well as gerundives
conandi, of trying; verendi, of fearing; iitendi, of
581.
Uses
of the
Gerund.
The
is
used
Followed by causa the genitive expresses purpose: Audiendi causa venimus, we have come for the purpose of
hearing.
hearing.
The
dative
is rare.
The accusative
is
used with
ad to express purpose: Ad audiendum venimus, we came to The ablative is used like other ablatives: Audiendo hear. discimus, we learn by hearing.
THE GERUNDIVE.
a.
THE GERUND
is
1 95
Remember
gerund
is
that the gerund is singular and neuter only, the gerundive singular or plural, and of all genders.
582.
statim, adv., at once
conficio, -ficere, -feci,
VOCABULARY
ostendo, ostendere, ostendi,
-fectum
(con
+ facio),
settle,
sum,
take position
Memorize:
Verbum
sat sapient!.
to the
word
wise
is sufficient.
EXERCISES
583.
i.
2.
Ad
portum navium videndarum causa venient. 3. Cum nullam spem vincendl haberent, fugerunt. 4. Quis ad has res con5. Hae civitates ad obsides dandos deligetur? paratae sunt. 6. Legatus dlcit legionem esse paratam ad bellum gerendum. 7. Dux putavit hunc locum esse ido-
ficiendas
8.
Nemo
Nonne
x
audivit.
10.
9.
qui
alios
docet,
docendo
el
discit?
Hortare
persuade
ut hoc faciat.
2 584. 1. We learn to do by doing. 2. They will aid the king by 3 sending grain. 3. The boys are ready to climb the mountain. 4. Is the trader ready to sail? 5. The envoys had been sent to
make
7.
1
5 peace. 6. This place is most suitable for pitching a camp. Having sent ahead the cavalry, Caesar followed with the legions.
2
3
With paratus,
Express See 480.
to
either an infinitive or
in different
gerund (gerundive)
may
be
used.
4
6
make
ways.
14
I96
LATEST
monte
Caesar
montis.
vigilia
statim homines mlsit, qui cognoscerent quae esset nattira Renuntiatum est ascensum esse facilem. Tertia
cibus
sibi
3
montem
animo ostendit. Ipse quarta, vigilia eodem 5 hostes itinere, quo ierant, ad eos contendit, equitatumque omnem ante se mittit.
sit
in
LESSON LXXIII
THE SUPINE.
REVIEW OF EXPRESSIONS OF PURPOSE
The Supine.
Three forms
of the
nouns: the infinitive (109), the gerund (580), and the supine. The supine has two case forms, the accusative in -um and
the ablative in -u. the fourth of the principal parts:
captum, auditum.
a. Deponent verbs have supines, which may be formed from the perfect participle: conatum, veritum, usum.
587. Uses of the Supine. The supine in -um is used with iri to form the future passive infinitive (374). It is more com-
motion to express purpose: Victoriam nuntiatum venimus, we have come to report the victory.
of
a. The supine in -u is used chiefly as an ablative of specification (378), with adjectives meaning easy, good, strange, or the opposite: Difficile factu est, it is hard to do (lit., with re-
At
As
guides.
B
See 458.
See 502.
Had
gone.
THE SUPINE.
588.
1 97
Expressions of Purpose. We have seen that four different forms of the verb may express purpose:
1.
mur
2.
or
causa (579
Mittimur
causa.
4.
Mittimur visum.
Three Stem Systems. The various forms of the may be grouped into three systems, according to the stem from which they are derived. Thus for amo we may
589.
verb
arrange:
198
Part.
Per/.
Plup.
Fut. P.
amatus esse amatus amatus sum amatus sim amatus eram amatus essem amaturus esse amaturus amatus ero
Supine
590.
amatum
amatum
Irl
VOCABULARY
-1,
impedimentum,
dio),
N. (impepi.,
frumentor,
forage
-ari,
-atus sum,
hindrance;
bag-
gage (military)
woman
sum, con-Itum,
tempestas, weather
arbitror,
-tatis,
F., storm,
impedio,
-ire,
-Ivi,
(pes), hinder,
incumber
-ari,
-atus
sum,
think, consider
EXERCISES
Quid, Galba, est optimum factii? 2. Vos monitum venimus. 3. Legati pacem petltum missl sunt. 4. Prinl auxilium rogatum fugerat. ceps Haeduorum Romam
591.
i.
5.
Castella fecerunt,
6.
defenderent.
runt.
7.
quo
Una
legio
frumentatum missa
erat.
8.
Magna pars
equitatus frumentandi causa missa est. 9. Ad haec cognoscenda Marcum esse idoneum arbitramur. 10. Rogasne quis hoc praemium mereatur? 11. Difficile est dictu. 12. His rebus confectis, domum revertar. 13. Hostes non facile impedlmentls potientur. 14. Caesar dlcit sex mllia Helve-
15.
Puerl
mulieresque a
Romanls
1
pacem
tempestatem
See 282.
See 511
a.
199
mam.
18.
17.
Tempestas
non
est
idonea ad navigandum.
impedltum
est.
3.
592.
will
It is easy to see.
2.
I shall send
men
to do this.
He
to the city to see his brother. 4. The soldiers are aboutmust learn these things 2 to-forage in the neighboring fields. 5. before evening. 6. I think you will see these things within a few
come
We
days.
7.
Tell the
women and
of the
is
safety in the
town.
scouts.
8.
The baggage
LESSON LXXIV
REVIEW OF LESSONS LXVIH-LXXIII.
593-
ADJECTIVE SUFFIXES
VOCABULARY
calamitas
200
595.
Adjective Suffixes. Among the suffixes used to form adjectives are the following:
a.
audax,
b.
an active meaning:
desiring,
desirous
(cupio).
-ilis,
meaning:
that
facilis, that
may
captivus, captured (capio). c. -cus, -ius, -nus, -lis, -ris, -timus, -ter, forming adjectives meaning belonging to, pertaining to, derived from: bellicus, pertaining to war (bellum) patrius, pertaining to a father (pater); fraternus, pertaining to a brother (frater); navalis, pertaining to a ship (navis) mllitaris, pertaining to a soldier (miles); maritimus, pertaining to the sea (mare); equester, pertaining to a horseman (eques).
; ;
may
be believed (credo);
596.
Answer
in
Latin
the
2.
following:
1.
Arbitrarisne
Romanos
3.
Quid magis est durum saxo? Quid mollius unda? Ovid. Dura tamen molli saxa cavantur aqua.
What
is
What more
soft
than water ?
hollowed by
be, it is
LESSON LXXV
THE IRREGULAR VERB
597.
FIO.
IDIOMS
The Passive
is
is
of Facio.
The
present system
supine system
tion of fid,
formed from the irregular verb fid. The regular. Learn from page 292 the conjuga-
fieri, f actus
sum,
be
result.
Notice that
-i- is long,
except in
and before
-er-.
FIO.
IDIOMS
201
a. Prepositional compounds of facio, as conficio, perficio, are usually conjugated regularly in the passive: conficior, confici, confectus sum. b. Write in review a synopsis of the active forms of facio, including the three moods, the infinitives, the participles, and the gerund.
598. Certior, the comparative of certus, certain, sure, is used as a predicate adjective in the phrases certiorem facio, I inform (lit., make more sure), and certior fio, I am in-
formed
1.
(lit.,
am made more
feci,
sure):
Eum
certiorem
I informed them. Certior fid (certiores fimus) equites venire, I am informed {we are informed) that the horsemen are coming.
feci,
2. a. Notice that certior agrees with the person informed, and that the information in sentence 2 is expressed by an infinitive with subject accusative, just as after a verb of saying.
Every language has constructions or expressions peculiar to itself, called idioms. Thus in English we say How do you do? in French, Comment vous portez599.
Idioms.
vous?
Latin has
has a horse; iter faciunt (they make a march) for they march; Messala consule (Messala consul) for in the consulship of Messala; certior fio (7 am
is to the soldier) for the soldier
informed; in spem venio (I come into hope) for I have hope, I entertain hope.
600.
made more
sure) for I
am
VOCABULARY
-1,
beneficium,
favor
N., kindness,
evil deed,
dUigens,
diligent
dfligentis,
careful,
maleficium,
-1,
N.,
dUigenter,
faithfully
adv.,
diligently,
harm, damage
diligentia, -ae, F., carefulness,
diligence
202
accurro,
accurri,
interficio,
feci,
interficere,
inter-
accursum (ad
to,
+ curro),
-avi,
run
interfectum (inter
hasten
facio), kill
coniuro,
-are,
-atum
(con
+ iuro,
swear together),
sustentum
(sub
+ teneo)
conspire
flo, fieri, f actus
endure, sustain
sum,
be
made,
EXERCISES
fieri
601.
2.
Caesar pontem in flumine Rheno Helvetii de eius adventu certiores factl sunt.
i.
iussit.
3.
Caesar
A
Showing captives and war elephants
ndrca Mantegna
FIO.
IDIOMS
203
omnes Belgas contra populum Romanum conFactum est multls de causls ut hostes impetum 4. sustinere non possent. 5. Duae legiones reliquum exercitum
iurare.
exspectabant, ut uno tempore in hostes impetus 6. Nauta me certiorem fecit flumen esse altissimum. 7.
fieret.
Sum-
mam
in
spem
victoriae venimus.
9.
proficlscemur.
10.
Haec
facta sunt
Marco
Messala et Marco Plsone consulibus. n. Niintiatum est multos interfectos esse. 12. Quis legionl decimae praefectus
est?
13.
Tuum
Andrea Mantegna
"
war
204
tenebo.
sunt.
15.
2. He said that peace had been leaders returned to their (own) the peace, 3. leader (make the leader more inform the will Who countries. 4. The leader will be informed by narrow. is road 5. certain) that the
602.
1.
made.
Having made
the scout.
scout
is
6.
7.
The
leader.
9.
8.
No
one
will
do that with
The
children
must be protected
most
faithfully.
Prima
luce,
a Labieno tene-
non longius mille et qumgentls passibus abesset, Considius equo admisso 3 ad Caesarem accurrit; dicit montem, quern a Labieno occuretur, et Caesar ipse
Gallicis armls atque Caesar suas insignibus cognovisse. copias in proximum collem subdiicit, aciem Instruit. Labienus, monte occupato, nostros exspectabat proelioque abstinebat. Multo die 5 Caesar certior f actus est montem a suls
a,
tenerl, et
LESSON LXXVI
THE VERB
604.
ii
EO.
TEMPORAL CLAUSES
i-
Learn the conjugation of the irregular verb eo, ire, Stems: present, 1-, perfect, (or ivi), itum, go, page 292. Note the contracted forms. (Iv-), supine, it-.
Prima
The
luce, at daybreak.
of.
2
3
wp
4
5
at full
speed
(lit.,
his horse
having been
let go).
6
7
Multo die, late in the day. Timore perterritum, thoroughly Pro vlso, as if seen.
frightened.
TEMPORAL CLAUSES
205
Certain compounds of eo, as ad-eo, go to, visit, trans-eo, go across, cross, may be transitive and therefore may be conjugated in the passive: adeor, adiris, aditur, adlmur, adimini, adeuntur, etc.
Temporal Clauses. Clauses expressing time are introchiefly by the conjunctions cum, when, ubi, when, postquam, after, priusquam, before, dum, as long as, while, Review 513, and 310 a. until.
605.
duced
anima est, as long as, takes the indicative: is there is as there as hope. long life, spes est, b. Dum, while, takes the indicative historical present, instead of a past tense: loquitur, venerunt, while he was
a.
Dum,
Dum
Dum
Dum, until, and priusquam, before, take the indicative an actual event, but the subjunctive of an expected event: Mansit domi dum veni, he stayed at home until I came; exspectavit dum venirem, he waited for me to come (until I
c.
of
should come).
606.
VOCABULARY
eo, ire,
adj.,
ii
(ivi),
itum, go
re-
comp.
comp.
nearer, hither
ulterior, ulterius,
adj.,
farther
transeo (trans
cross
+ eo)
go across,
dum,
until
moror,
conj., before
-ari,
antequam,
Memorize:
Nam genus et proavos et quae n5n fecimus ipsi, Vix ea nostra voco. Ovid. Pedigree and ancestry and what we ourselves have not
achieved,
206
EXERCISES
607.
3.
i.
Pueri
domum
Ibant.
2.
Pater nobiscum
4.
ibit.
esse.
5. Ieramus tecum eant. 8. Ire non possunt. 10. Cur ierunt? 9. Galba iturus est. 12. Puto eum Isse. 11. Non cognovi cur ierint. 13. Eos euntes vldi. 14. Hoc fhlmen vado transltur. 15. Ex opexeunt. 16. Ante redlbo. vesperum pido
et
6.
Genavam
Ibunt.
Persuade
els
ut
Roma
608.
erat.
1. 2.
Provincia
Romana
Hae
3.
latae sunt.
coniurabant.
5.
Cum Caesar esset in Gallia citeriore, Belgae 4. Cum venies, nostra consilia cognosces.
exercitus
Hostes,
ubi impedimenta
6.
viderunt,
celeriter
impetum
fecerunt.
Postquam
id audlvit,
Caesar in proxi-
collem copias suas duxit. 7. Dum paucos dies frumenti causa moratur, de incolis certior factus est. 8. Non
mum
exspectare statuit,
9.
dum
10.
they have gone. 2. He has gone out he were crossing the bridge; we had crossed. 4. The messenger is now going to the camp. 5. The king said he would go with a larger army. 6. When they had gone three miles, they decided to return. 7. Remain in the village until we come. 8. The traders are about to go into farther Gaul.
609.
shall go;
3.
We
had gone
out.
We
FOE,
SUPPLIES
contendit, quod erat maximum Haeduorum. Ea res per fugitlvos hostibus nunoppidum 1 tiatur. Helvetil, quod Romanos timore perterritos discedere 1 a se existimabant, mutato 1 consilio et itinere converso
Accusative.
CAUSAL CLAUSES
207
LESSON LXXVII
THE VERB FERO.
611.
CAUSAL CLAUSES
of the irregular
tuli, latum, bear, bring; passive, feror, ferri, latus sum, be borne, be brought. Stems: fer-, tul-, lat-. 612. Causal Clauses. Clauses expressing cause or reason
cum,
since, as.
by the conjunctions quod, because, and Cum, when so used, is called cum-causal, in
distinction
from cum-temporal.
a. Quod takes the indicative to state the reason of the speaker or writer; the subjunctive to state the reason of another: Vicerunt quod fortes erant, they conquered because (as I know) they were brave; Eos accusavit, quod fortes non essent, he accused them because (as he said) they were not brave. b. Cum-causal takes the subjunctive: Facile erat oppidum expugnare, cum non defenderetur, it was easy to capture the
town, since
it
was
not defended.
613.
VOCABULARY
differo, differre, distuli, dfla-1,
subsidium,
ance
medius,
-a,
-um,
elatum
take
(ex
+ fero),
bear
out,
along
infero, inferre, intuli, inlatum
(in
cum,
conj., since, as
+ fero),
bring
upon,
bring
make upon
conferre,
contuli,
confero,
conlatum (con
one's self
bring
back;
pedem
referre, withdraw
208
EXERCISES
614.
i.
runt;
lisse;
tulerant;
ferri.
3.
Tule5.
Tu-
relata sunt.
Latus; laturus. 7. Slgnum fertur. 8. Signa 10. Subsidium nobis 9. Ferte signa, mllites.
ferebant.
11.
ferre possunt?
1.
rumentum
3.
conferunt.
2.
Nautae
est,
se in
ut se in
4.
Omnia impedimenta
7.
in
unum locum
6.
conlatasunt.
5.
GermanI
Civi-
tates Galliae lingua inter se distulerunt. quae ferimus, celerius ire non poterimus.
Propter onera,
Dux quemque
frumentum
10.
sibi
Galliae potirl,
domo efferre iussit. 9. Perfacile erat totlus cum Helvetii virtute omnibus praestarent.
Genavam
Helvetiorum.
to have 2. To have borne; 616. 1. Bearing; we are bearing. been borne. 3. You have borne; you were bearing. 4. Bear the standard bravely. 5. The consul will bring aid to you. 6. The inhabitants of that city did not make war on the Romans. 7. When
the farmers had brought together the grain, they sent it to the 8. Since we are not able to go, we will send a message. city. built (made) a bridge, because he had no ships. Caesar 9.
Postquam Caesar
proximum
collem dtixit equitatumque, qui sustineret hostium impetum, x mlsit. Ipse interim in colle medio aciem instruxit legionum quattuor veteranarum; sed in summo iugo duas legiones
novas, quas in
Gallia
citeriore
conlocavit.
unum locum
The middle
of,
way
up.
209
LESSON LXXVIII
THE VERBS VOLO AND NOLO.
618.
CONDITIONAL SENTENCES
Learn from page 295 the conjugation of the irregular verbs volo, velle, volui, wish, be willing, and nolo, nolle,
nolui, be unwilling.
a.
Notice that the irregular forms are the present indicaand the present and imperfect
an
to
may take a complementary infinitive, or with subject-accusative: Venire voluit, he wished come; eos venire voluit, he wished them to come.
infinitive
619.
are:
The
irregular verbs, as given in the preceding lessons, eo, fio, fero, volo, and their compounds including
Conditional Sentences.
conditional sentence
is
of which expresses a condition, he a conclusion: the other tries, he will succeed. // If he tries The Latin is the condition, he will succeed, the conclusion.
si,
if; sin,
but if;
621.
a.
Conditions
may
Present condition:
1.
bene
est, if he is conquering,
it
is well.
2.
Contrary to fact; imperfect subjunctive: Si vinceret, bene esset, if he were conquering, would be well.
Stated as a fact; a past indicative:
Si vicit,
fuit, if he conquered, it was well. to fact; pluperfect subjunctive: Contrary Si vicisset, bene fuisset, if he had conquered,
it
b.
Past condition:
1.
bene
2.
it
>
211
Future condition:
i.
More probable
fect:
{shall, will);
Si vincet,
it
bene
erit, if
will be well.
2.
bene
sit, if
he should conquer,
it
would be
EXERCISES
622.
te nolle.
1.
2.
Dlcit se velle.
3.
6.
Dixit
5.
Manere
nolunt.
Ami-
cus
meus domum
1
voluimus.
velit.
11. Si vellet. 2
1.
Si voluisset. 3
2.
623.
Si
ab els laudaberis.
patriam
vldit.
6.
Si
sunt
amid
regis,
Si
5.
Si fuit
Romae, domum
Marcl
7.
Si vis, te certiorem
de itinere
me5
faciam.
8.
Si
translre conabuntur, Caesar eos prohibebit. ab Helvetils dentur, 1 Caesar cum els pacem
Si obsides
9.
faciat.
Si
10.
Si urbs
capta
624. 1. We shall be willing to go to-morrow. 2. To-day we are unwilling to go. 3. I wished to see the consul's sons. 4. You are always willing to send aid. 5. If the soldiers are brave, they are praised. 6. If the soldiers are (will be) brave, they will be praised. x be brave, they would be praised. 8. If 7. If the soldiers should the soldiers had been 3 brave, they would have been praised.
Helvetia
cum omnibus
impedimenta
4
unum locum
1
acie, reiecto
2.
2.
15
212
runt.
aberat.
Tandem
vulneribus confectl,
Galll
se recipere coeperunt
ad montem, qui
circiter
Cap to monte
qui in montem renovarunt. 6
626.
Helve tiorum
VOCABULARY
turn (re + iacio), throw back, drive back
tandem, adv.,
at last, finally
new
succedo,succedere, success!,
successum
advance
(sub
+ cedo),
subla-
turn, take
away, remove
LESSON LXXIX
IMPERSONAL VERBS. REVIEW OF SUBORDINATE CLAUSES
impersonal verb is one that has no personal subject, and hence is used in the third person singular only. In English such verbs are often introduced
627. Impersonal Verbs.
An
by the expletive
1
it: it
rains,
it
happens.
4
B
Began (committd).
Hurled.
Exhausted.
From
resisto.
From
repello.
contraction of renovaverunt.
IMPERSONAL VERBS
213
In Latin impersonal verbs include chiefly: 1. Intransitive verbs in the passive voice: pugnatur, there
is fighting (lit., it is
2.
fought).
Verbs taking a phrase or a clause as their subject, as accidit, it happens; dicitur, it is said; fit, it comes to pass;
licet, it is
permitted; oportet, it is necessary: Hoc facere licet, it is permitted to do this. Accidit ut flumen sit altum, it happens that the river is
deep.
a.
junctive,
and
of
infinitive.
628.
Review
Subordinate Clauses.
We
have learned
2.
3.
b.
With a subject accusative + an infinitive (341). With ut or ne + a subjunctive (438). With an interrogative word + a subjunctive (501).
Clauses used as adverbs, expressing purpose (411), result (446), time (605), cause (612), condition (620).
c.
629.
VOCABULARY
-I,
-1,
aurum,
oculus,
N., gold
it
M., eye
necessary
-are,
-avi,
iudico,
-atum,
judge, determine trado, tradere, tradidi, traditurn (trans + do), give over.
est,
it
comes
surrender
pass
mitted
214
EXERCISE
630.
1.
Acriter eo die
3.
2.
Dictum
est nihil
4.
sequl scelus.
Hel-
ve tils iter per provinciam facere non licuit. 5. Accidit ut imperator de perlculo certior fieret. 6. Dlcitur Caesarem fuisse
(virum)
magna
dlligentia.
fluat.
7.
8. 9.
Victores
11.
pacem non
Armls
facient,
arma
tradita erunt.
10.
Cum arma
12.
tores
pacem cum
civitate fecerunt.
se defendere
non poterant.
13.
pacem non
Legatus missus
ut
novam
14.
Nautae
15.
in
portum
salutis peten-
Putasne poenam
fuisse gra-
\4orem?
pugnatum
est.
Diutius
1
cum
ut
2
sus-
non possent,
3
alterl
se,
coeet
perant, in
montem
receperunt, alterl
ad impedimenta
Ad multam noctem 4 ad
im-
pedimenta pugnatum
utebantur et de
els in
est,
Diu cum
pugnatum
Helvetii
omnium rerum
ad Caesarem mlserunt.
tios
Obsides et arma poposcit. 6 Helveet socios in fines suos, unde erant profectl, 7 revertl,
8 4 6
indicative.
the Helvetii).
6
7
From
proficiscor.
REVIEW OF CONJUNCTIONS
215
LESSON LXXX
REVIEW OF CONJUNCTIONS. REVIEW OF THE NOMINATIVE
AND GENITIVE
632.
Conjunctions Classified.
coordinate, connecting similar constructions, or subordinate, connecting subordinate clauses with principal clauses.
a.
Coordinate conjunctions: 1. et, atque (ac), -que, and; neque (nee), and not. 2. aut or; neque . . . neque, neither aut, either and. nor ; et et, both
. . .
.
. .
b.
autem, but, moreover; sed, but; enim, nam, for; tamen, nevertheless. Subordinate conjunctions:
3.
1.
2.
3.
4.
5.
The nominative
The
genitive
is
Rule
A noun
is
limiting another
noun, not meaning the same person or thing, 1. Genitive of possession (51).
2.
in the genitive.
3.
4.
b.
With adjectives
2l6
635.
VOCABULARY
iuvenis, iuvenis,
young; as
means
man
-a,
peritus,
-um,
expert-
enced
(in), skillful
EXERCISES
636.
lingl
1.
Genava
erat
oppidum
ulterioris
pro vinciae.
3.
2.
Tuiu-
dlcuntur fuisse
socii
Helve tiorum.
Multitudo
4.
5.
venum convenerunt,
erat peritus rei
l
RomanI
Legatus
6.
Tanta opera
neque vide-
8.
Germa-
nos prohibent aut ipsl in eorum flnibus bellum gerunt. 10. Caesar 9. Facultas regnl obtinendl fllio regis data est. multa de moribus Britannorum cognovit. 11. German! di-
cebantur esse ingentl magnitudine corporum. 12. Senes de multls rebus iuvenes monere 3 possunt. 13. Facultas incendendae urbis hostibus non danda est.
637. 1. The hill was not of great height. 2. Who was the most famous of the Helvetians? 3. The daughter of Orgetorix is said to have been captured. 4. The consul will either go himself or send his son. 5. Neither the boys nor the girls had been informed about the customs of Gauls. 6. Did not the Romans believe there were
many
who
gods?
7.
man
is
very
skillful.
8.
Tell
me
of these
1 2
boys
most
skillful.
Advise.
21 7
LESSON LXXXI
REVIEW OF THE DATIVE AND THE ACCUSATIVE
638.
Uses
The
been
1.
2.
given for the dative: Dative of the indirect object, with transitive verbs (60). Dative of the indirect object, wT ith special verbs (437).
3.
4.
5.
Dative of the possessor, with sum (459). Dative of the agent, with passive periphrastic forms
(574).
Dative with certain adjectives (245). The following uses 639. Uses of the Accusative Case. have been given for the accusative: 1. Accusative of the direct object (42). 2. Accusative with prepositions (541). which (133). 3. Accusative of place to
6.
4.
5.
6.
7.
64O.
arbor, arboris, F., tree
VOCABULARY
intellego,
lexi,
intellegere,
intel-
dominus,
-1,
donum,
public
-1,
intellectum
(inter
lego), understand
progredior,
progredi,
pro-
gressus
dior,
sum
(pro + gra-
step),
go
forward,
republic
give up, surrender
advance
+ do)
2l8
EXERCISES
641.
i. 2.
Prlnceps
Haeduorum
est.
fuit
mano.
castrls
deligendus
4. Rex dlcit sibi nullam cum els 5. Dumnorix equitatui Romano prae7.
Duo
mllia
passuum
trans lacum navigavimus. 8. Perlculum esse maximum intellegit. 9. Se suaque omnia imperatorl Romano dediderunt. 10. Milites multas arbores ex silva portabant, quibus
pontem
servos.
facerent.
12.
11.
Dlcitur
dominum
habuisse multos
13.
Progre-
642. 1. The slaves call these men masters. 2. The farmer has a hundred trees in the field. 3. They will remain in the city a few hours and return home to-morrow. 4. The Belgians were next to the Celts. 5. Caesar understood that this man was wishing to make war on the Romans. 6. Will you surrender yourselves and your property to this nation?
LESSON LXXXII
REVIEW OF THE ABLATIVE
643.
Uses
The
2.
3.
4.
5.
6.
7.
when
(292).
8.
9.
219
3.
4.
5.
Ablative of comparison (472). Ablative of measure of difference (473). Ablative with certain deponent verbs (403). Ablative absolute (565).
6.
644.
VOCABULARY
-1,
fumus,
M., smoke
egressus
go out,
sum
(e + gradior),
breadth, width
march out
significo, -are,
moon
(dat.
-avi,
-atum,
Crassus,
-1,
M., Crassus
show, indicate
Pompeius, Pompel
peio),
Pom-
Pompey
J.
Coomans
A Roman Woman
220
EXERCISES
645.
est.
2.
i.
Latitudo castrorum fumo et ignibus slgnificata Ab els, qui iter cognoverant, ductl sumus. 3. Vlcus
abest.
4.
Exercitus
ex
Labieno duce, egressus est. 5. Quis 6. annis erit consul. Labienus? Sex erat 7. Pompeio et Crasso consulibus, GermanI Rhenum transierunt. 8. Pom1 9. Hostes et equitibus et peius erat magna auctoritate. 10. Nihil est hominibus carius llberpeditibus utentur.
tate.
12.
11.
Potes ita
vlvere
ut
omnibus carissimus
sis.
Die mihi quis esset Pompeius. 13. Die mihi ubi Pomarboribus -altissimls 14. Domus parva sub peius vlxerit. stetit. 16. Si ante vesperum ad 15. Tu non capiendus es. illud oppidum perveneris, non capieris.
646.
1.
We know
that the
2
moon
is
with
me
to the
Forum
the width of the river. 4. Caesar wrote of Gaul. 5. In a few months we shall about the tribes many things read these things. 6. I am going- to-speak with the general in-behalf-of those whom he has conquered. 7. They went to the city forto cross on-account-of
8. The lake is three feet deeper the-purpose of (getting) supplies. than the river. 9. Where was the standard of the tenth legion?
1
3).
>
Matrona
et
Sequana
dividit.
a.
Horum omnium
fortissiml 5
vinciae longissime absunt; proximlque sunt Germanls, qui trans Rhenum incolunt, quibuscum continenter bellum gerunt.
Eadem
de
praecedunt, quod tendunt, cum aut suls flnibus eos prohibent aut ipsl in
Heivetii reliquos Gallos virtu te fere cotldianls proelils cum Germanls con- 10
causa
eorum
For
the
same reason.
221
222
Apud
Helvetios
rent.
5 virtiite
cum
omnibus praestarent. Facilius els persuasit, quod undique loci natura Helvetii continentur: una ex 1 parte flumine Rheno latissimo atque altissimo, qui agrum Helvetium a Germanls dlvidit; altera ex parte monte Itira altissimo, qui est inter Sequanos et
provinciam nostram ab Helvetils
Rhodano, qui Pro 3 multittidine hominum et pro gloria 4 fortitudinis angustos se fines habere 5 arbitrabantur, qui in longitudinem mllia passuum ccxl, in
dlvidit.
Lemanno
et flumine
Una ex
4
5
2
3
Ad
5
ad
Is legationem eas res conficiendas Orgetorlx deligitur. In eo itinere persuadet Castico, duel clvitates suscipit.
Sequanorum, ut regnum in clvitate sua occuparet, quod pater ante habuerat; itemque Dumnorlgl Haeduo ut idem
conaretur persuadet.
probat id esse perfacile factu, quod ipse suae civiHac oratione adductl iotatis imperium obtenturus esset. inter se fidem dant, et regno occupato sese totlus Galliae
Illls
See 587, a.
HELVETII
223
Ea
Moribus 2
suls
Orge-
4 torigem ex vinculis causam dlcere coegerunt; damnatum poenam sequl oportebat ut igni cremaretur. Die constitute
causae
dictionis 5
Orgetorlx
ad indicium
omnes
clientes
obaeratosque suos, quorum magnum numerum habebat Cum ci vitas armis ius suum condiixit; per eos se eripuit. exsequl conaretur, multitudinemque hominum ex agrls magistratus cogerent,
Orgetorlx mortuus
est.
Helvetil arbi-
trantur ipsum
1
sibi
mortem
consclvisse.
3
The conspiracy
According
of Orgetorix,
4 5
to their
customs.
trial).
facere conantur, ut e finibus suls exeant. paratos esse arbitrati sunt, oppida sua
ficia
2
quem-
que domo
qui trans
1
efferre iubent.
Boiosque,
Rhenum
Adv., about.
Each man.
As
inter
montem Iuram
et
flumen Rhodanum; alterum per provinciam nostram, multo facilius, propterea quod inter fines Helvetiorum et Allobrogum, qui nuper pacati erant, Rhodanus fluit, isque nonnullis
Locls
vad5
transltur.
224
Extremum oppidum Allobrogum proximumque rum flnibus est Genava. Ex eo oppido pons ad
pertinet.
Helvetios
1
per suos fines eos ire paterentur, quod *in 2 populum Romanum viderentur. 3
Omnibus rebus ad
qua
die
ad ripam A p point.
See 420.
4
.
Toward.
Seemed.
Caesari
cum
id
sine
10
ullo
maleficio
iter
quod
Caesar homines inimlco animo, 4 itinere per pr5vinciam dato, temperaturos esse a maleficio non existima5 bat. Tamen, ut spatium intercedere posset dum milites
facere liceret.
15
quos imperaverat convenlrent, legatis respondit diem se ad deliberandum sumpttirum. Diem constituit, qua reverterentur,
1
I.e.,
2
5
6
Until.
Time.
See 492.
See 532.
Had
levied.
CAESAR CONSTRUCTS FORTIFICATIONS 8. Interea, a lacu Lemanno, qui in flumen Rhodanum Influit, ad montem Iuram, qui fines Sequanorum ab Helvetils dlvidit, murum fossamque perducit. Eo opere perfects prae-
225
si
translre conarentur.
Ubi ea
dies
quam
vim
constituerat
dicit se
cum
per provinciam ostendit. conentur, prohibittirum dare; et, 1 Helvetil, ea spe deiectl, navibus ratibusque atque vadis Rhodanum translre conatl sunt. Munltione et mllitum
si
ad eum reverterunt,
non posse
facere
tells repulsl
Disappointed in
(lit.,
cast
down from).
via,
qua
Sequanls
non poterant. His cum ipsl propter angustias persuadere non possent, legatos ad Dumnorlgem Haeduum
invltls
Ire
Dumnorlx apud Sequanos plurimum poterat, 3 et Helvetils erat amicus, quod ex ea clvitate Orgetorlgis flliam in matrimonium duxerat; et cupiditate regnl adductus novls
mittunt.
rebus 4 studebat, et
conciliare volebat.
quam
By which. Plurimum
(lit.,
See 565.
powerful
government
for
new
things).
Caesarl
agrum Sequanorum
Haeduorum
iter facere in
Id si fieret, inGalliae, quae non longe a provincia absit. habitellegebat provinciam homines bellicosos flnitimos turam esse. Ob eas causas el munltionl quam fecerat Labienum legatum praeficit. Ipse in Italiam magnls itineribus
contendit duasque
1
quae circum
226
Aquileiam hiemabant, ex hlbernls educit, et, qua proximum iter in ulteriorem Galliam per Alpes erat, cum his qulnque In Segusiavos exercitum ducit, legionibus Ire contendit.
qui sunt prlml extra provinciam trans
1
Rhodanum.
Where.
Helvetil
et fines
Sequanorum suas
pervenerant eose suaque ab els
Haeduorum
Haedul,
fines
cum
defendere non possent, legatos ad Caesarem mittunt rogaDlcunt paene in conspectu exercitiis nostrl turn auxilium.
suos vastarl, llberos expugnarl non debere.
agros
in
servitutem
abducl, oppida
Haeduorum Caesarem certiorem faciunt sese non facile ab oppidls vim hostium prohibere. ioltem Allobroges, qui trans Rhodanum vlcos possessionesque
socil
E5dem tempore
habebant,
sibi
se ad Caesarem recipiunt et demonstrant nihil esse reliqul. His rebus adductus solum praeter agrl Caesar Helvetils bellum Inferre constituit.
fuga,
Ubi per exploratores Caesar 2 copiarum Helvetios id flumen traduxisse, quartam partem citra fliimen Ararim reliquam
1
esse,
de tertia vigilia
cum legionibus
ad earn partem pervenit quae nondum flumen transierat. Eos impedltos adgressus magnam partem eorum concldit;
reliqul sese fugae
1
mandarunt atque
2
in
proximas
silvas ab-
Primary
obj. of traduxisse.
of traduxisse,
227
Is
nam omnis
DEFIED BY
Hoc
proelio facto,
cum
id,
quod
Helvetil repentlno eius adventu com3 ipsl diebus xx confecerant, ilium uno
legatos ad
fecisse
intellegerent,
cuius
4
dux
locutus est:
"
faciet, in earn
5
atque
erunt ubi volueris; sin els bellum Inferes, tene memoria vetus incommodum Romanorum et prlstinam virtutem Helvetiorum. Unum pagum adortus es cum el, qui
ibi
Ob
Romanos Helvetiis virtute Nos magis virtute quam Insidils contendimus. 1$ praestare. 7 ex calamitate popull RomanI Is locus ubi constiterimus nomen capiet."
rem
noli
6
exlstimare
2 3
the river.
4
defeated by the Helvetians, 107 B.C. 5 See 457. 6 Do not (be unwilling), imperative of nolo.
7
mand
From
consisto,
take a stand
(in battle).
CAESAR'S REPLY
14.
ita respondit:
"
Eas
res
illo
memoria
tempore
teneo,
populo Romano intulisse intellego. Recentium iniuriarum memoriam deponere non possum, quod me invito iter per
16
2 28
Cum
" Helvetil obsides accipere non dare Dlvico respondit: 2 Hoc responso dato discessit. consuerunt."
1
Although.
A contraction of
consueverunt,
from consuesco.
A CAVALRY SKIRMISH
15.
Idem
facit
Caesar, equitatumque omnem, ad numerum quattuor milium, quern ex omni provincia et Haeduis atque eorum sociis
5
coegerat, praemittit, qui videant quas in partes hostes iter 2 J loco cum faciant. Qui cupidius agmen Inseciitl alieno
et paucl de
Quo
proelio sublatl
Helvetil,
tantam multitudinem equitum propulerant, fortius resistere 10 et nostros adorlrl coeperunt. Caesar suos a proelio contineIta dies circiter qulndecim iter fecerunt, ut hostium bat. agmen a nostro qulnque aut sex mllia passuum abesset.
1
Too
eagerly.
Unfavorable.
Tandem ab
ipslus castrls octo, qualis 2 Renuntiatum esset natura montis qui cognoscerent mlsit. est ascensum esse facilem. Tertia vigilia Labienum legatum
monte consedisse
mllia
passuum ab
cum duabus
legionibus
summum iugum
2
montis ascendere
of qui
229
quo hostes ierant ad eos contendit, equitatumque omnem ante se mittit. Con2 rei militaris habebatur et in sidius, qui perltissimus
Ipse quarta vigilia
itinere
l
eodem
f uerat,
cum
3
exploratoribus
5
praemittitur.
1
Experienced in (353).
Was
regarded.
Supply exercitu.
id se a Gallicls
armls atque Tnsignibus cognovisse. Caesar suas copias in proximum collem ducit, 1 aciem
Labienus, ut
4
In-
struit.
erat
nisi ipslus
el
a Caesare ne
io
monte occupato nostros exspectabat proelioque abstinebat. Multo denique die per exploratores Caesar cognovit et montem a suls teneri et Helvetios castra movisse et Considium timore perterritum, quod non vldisset, pro viso 6 sibi renunEo die hostes sequitur et mllia passuum tria ab tiasse. 7 eorum castris castra ponit.
1
15
(lit.,
orders
The
As.
are introduced
4
by cum.
CAESAR MARCHES TOWARD BIBRACTE FOR SUPPLIES 23. Postero die, quod omnino biduum supererat cum
frumentum metlri oporteret, et quod a Bibracte, oppido Haeduorum longe maximo, non amplius milibus pasexercitu!
23O
suum xvm
l exlstiaberat, rei frumentariae prospiciendum 2 iter ab Helvetils avertit ac Bibracte Ire conmavit; itaque tendit. Ea res hostibus nuntiatur. Helvetil, quod timore
perterritos Roman5s discedere a se exlstimabant, commutato consilio atque itinere converso nostros a 3 novissimo
Supply
provide for.
Postquam
2 legionum quattuor veteranarum; sed in summo iugo duas legiones, quas in Gallia citeriore nuper conscripserat, et omnia auxilia conlocari, 3 ac totum montem hominibus com4 plerl, et interea sarcinas in iinum locum conferri, et eum ab his, qui in superiore acie erant, mQnirl iussit.
Helvetil
10
cum omnibus
suis
cams
secuti,
impedimenta
in
unum locum
contulerunt;
ipsl
of.
Notice that
iussit.
on depend 4
Refers to locum.
58 B.C.
ex conspectu remotis, ut spem fugae tolleret, cohortatus suds proelium commlsit. Mllites e loco superiore pills missis facile hostium phalangem
Caesar
prlmum
equls
omnium
perfregerunt.
Ea
impetum
fecerunt.
HELVETII
23 1
magno impediments * erant, quod sinistra impedlta commode pugnare non poterant. Multl etiam praeoptaverunt scutum manu 2 emittere et
nudo
3
Tandem
Capto monte
et succe-
dentibus nostris, sod Helveti5rum nostros ab latere aperto 4 adgressi circumvenire conatl sunt; et id conspicatl Helvetii,
qui in
montem
proelium
10
renovare coeperunt.
1 Were a hindrance (lit., for a hindrance). 2 Denoting separation. 3 4
Ab
posed flank.
ad vesperum pugnatum sit, aversum 6 hostem videre nemo potuit. Ad multam noctem etiam ad impedimenta pugnatum est, propterea quod pro vallo carros
hora septima
5
obiecerant et e loco
Tandem
10
impedlmentls castrlsque nostrl potltl sunt, flliam atque unum e fllils ceperunt.
et ibi Orgetorlgis
Ex
eo proelio circiter
et in fines
hominum
Lingonum
mllia
cxxx superfuerunt.
Hi fugerunt
cum
propter vulnera mllitum et sorum nostrl trlduum moratl eos sequi non potuissent. Caesar trlduo intermisso cum omnibus copils eos sequi coepit.
They fought, or the battle raged (see 627). 2 One division, i.e., the Helvetii.
3
1
*
15
Although.
I.e.,
6
7
The
other, i.e.,
the
allies.
Position.
232
Helvetii
2
deditione
omnium rerum inopia adductl legatos de ad eum mlserunt. Qui cum eum in itinere conl
seque ad pedes proiecissent pacemque petlssent, eos suum adventum exspectare iussit. Eo 3 postquam Caesar
venissent
5
pervenit, obsides et
arma
poposcit.
nocte intermissa, circiter hominum territi aut spe salutis induct!, prima
Dum
tiorum egressl flnesque Germanorum contenderunt. Hos reductos in hostium numero habuit; 6 reliquos
ad
Rhenum
10
et
cum
ei,
and
first
2 3
Had
met.
Early in the night (lit., in the part of the night). 6 Held (or treated) as enemies, a mild way of saying that he put
them
to death.
quod domi
nihil erat
els
Allobrogibus imperavit ut
ipsos oppida vlcosque quos incenderant restituere iussit. Id : 5 maxime fecit, quod noluit eum locum unde Helveti! dis-
cesserant vacare, ne propter bonitatem agrorum German! e suls flnibus in Helvetiorum fines translrent et flnitiml provinciae essent.
1
Especially.
tabulls
1
nominatim
numerus 2 domo
Made
out or written.
HELVETII
,235
item separatim fuerunt ad
censu
est
ferre possent, et
puerl,
mulieresque.
Summa omnium
qui
milia
ccclxviii.
Eorum
domum
redierunt
habito
ut
Caesar
imperaverat,
repertus
numerus
milium c
et x.
SUPPLEMENTARY READING
Stories and Fables
I.
Carolus,
fllius
impigri
4 plenum pomorum dat. Bona poma continebat calathus, 5 Puer donum dlligenter curat, pauca tamen erant putrida. sed mala poma bona maculant, 6 et mox cuncta sunt mala. Carolus maestus 7 adversam fortunam plorat. 8 Turn agricola " fllium ita monet: Mala poma bona maculant, certe mall
amici
1
Charles.
Active.
Putridus, rotten.
Spot, spoil.
2
3
Calathus,
-I,
basket.
7 8
Pomum,
-I,
apple.
Sad. Laments.
2.
Cimbri
mlram terram
nam
saepe inundat.
oceanus
undarum
6
turbat erat tumulus non validus; iam apparet parva rima; 8 mox via magna patebit et undae terram superabunt. At periculum videt puer parvus; sta-
tamen aqua
de-
tim dextra
1
rlmam implet
10
coercetque aquam.
6 7
of Ger-
Tears down.
many. 2 Tumulus, -l, mound. 3 Unda, -ae, wave. 4 Now and then.
6
By
chance.
8
9
Opening.
Supply manu.
Impleo,
fill
10
up.
234
SUPPLEMENTARY READING
3.
235
II
lam rigebant 2 memDiu puer praesidium servabat. Postridie bra, et parva dextra aquam semper coercebat. 3 agricolae loco appropinquant. Puer frigidus et moribundus dextra tamen aquam coercet. Saxls 4 tumulum celeriter 5 6 conflrmant, et limo rimam implent. Turn umeris puerum sublevant 7 recreantque cibo. Cimbri tantam constantiam 8
9 saepe commemorant, narrantque suls llberis puerl factum.
1
Kept.
5 6
Limus,
Raise.
-I,
mud.
shoulder.
8
2 3 4
Were
stiffening.
7
Umerus,
Factum,
-i,
Dying.
Steadfastness.
Saxum,
-i,
stone.
-1,
deed.
4.
l
Medicus quondam, 2 longo labore fessus, breve otium 3 4 apud msticam villam amid petebat. Interea filio curam
clientium committebat.
5 6 Iuvenis, labore superbus, iocoso comiti 7 fortunam ita narrat: "Pater mihi clientes suos " " ubi pater urbem committit." At," respondet amicus, " repetit, ex clientibus quot supererunt?
1
Doctor.
2 3
6
7
Witty.
5.
Societatem iungunt
leo,
Multam
praedam capiunt, et in unum locum comportant. Turn in " Prima quattuor partes praedam dividunt. Leo, autem, " nam animalium mea leo est. Et rex est; pars," inquit, mea est pars secunda, propter magnos meos labores. Tertiam partem vindico, 2 quoniam
1
maior mihi
2
3
quam
vobis,
Leo
Claim
Since.
(justly).
sheep.
2^6
animalibus imbecillis
nique, partem
1
et parvls,
si
quis sibi
Weak.
Claims (unjustly).
6.
Haedus
maledixit.
stans in
domus
lupo
"
maledlcit."
reddit. 5
1
Cui lupus, Non tu," inquit, Saepe locus et tempus homines timidos audaces
3
Kid.
Tectum,
-l,
roof.
Makes.
7.
Mulier
quaedam
ovum
pariebat
habebat galllnam, 1 quae el cotldie aureum. Mulier ita exlstimabat: " Mea
galllnam possidebo." Itaque earn occidit.
celat;
aurl intus
si
Sed nihil in ea repperit nisi quod 6 in aliis galllnis reperitur. Maioribus divitils 7 inhiabat; 8 minores etiam perdidit. 9
1
Hen.
Laid.
Quantity. Inside.
6 6
2 3
7 8
Longed for.
Lost.
8.
1 Agricola senex filios suos convocavit, qui interdum discordabant. 2 Fascem 3 virgularum 4 adferrl iubet. Turn filios
Hoc
5
facere
n5n po"
Denique
virgulas,
'
quas
fregerunt.
Turn exclamavit
quam
Quam 7
Sometimes.
Disagreed.
One
2
3
Bundle.
Virgula, -ae, small rod.
How. Harmony.
Weak.
SUPPLEMENTARY READING
9.
237
Vulpes
poterat.
THE FOX AND THE GRAPES ad uvam 2 subsiliebat 3 sed earn attingere 4 non
Tandem, defatigata
7
inanl
non
Fox.
2
3
Bunch
of grapes.
7 8
all.
9
Obtain.
THE MICE AND THE CAT concilium habebant, nam quandam Mures aliquando
10.
1
felem magnopere timebant. Multa consilia proposita sunt, sed muribus non placebant. Denique una e muribus ita " Tintinnabulum 2 caudae 3 istius felis annectere 4
lociita est:
necesse est,
nam
sonitus
cum
suadend5
To
audaces sunt,
Once.
Bell.
4 5 6
tie.
7
To
the tail.
Advice.
II.
THE TRUMPETER
" ab hostibus captus est. Cur me," inquit, " 2 interficitis? nam inermis sum, neque quidquam habeo tubam." At hanc hostes, "Propter hoc ipsum," praeter
Tubicen
pugnandi imperltus, 4 Non solum malefic! sunt alios ad pugnam incitare soles." 5 piiniendl, sed etiam el qui alios ad male faciendum incitant.
inquiunt,
1
"
Neque =
Trumpeter.
et non.
4 B
Inexperienced.
238
Corvus,
volavit.
3
qui caseum
4
Vulpecula, quae caseum appetebat, corvum ita " Formam tuam magnopere laudo et pennarum adloquitur: tuarum nitorem. 5 Pol! 6 si cantus tuus pulchritudinl 7 tuae
srespondet,
Turn corvus, laudibus vulpeculae Inflatus, cantare conatus est. Sed e rostro aperto de10 est statim devoravit. Verba caseus, quern vulpecula lapsus 12 u adulatorum sunt ut haec fabula docet.
rex
es."
9
avium
pretl
parvl,
2 3
7 8 9 10
Beauty. Is equal
to.
4
6 6
By
Pollux.
n Of flatterers. n Of value.
13.
Canis iacebat
arcebat.
4
Non
1
a pabulo 5 Quanta ista invidia est! )> pateris alios edere, et tu ipse edere non potes!
in praesepe, 2 et
dixit:
boves latrando
"
From
iaceo.
3
Was
Manger.
By
barking.
14.
cibum
rusti-
cum
illl,
aegre
tulit
"
Si
vis," inquit,
"domum mecum
5
redlre, sexcentas delicias habebis." Itaque totius diel iter media nocte fecerunt, postquam parietem
rusticum in lecto purpureo 3 adfert, magnificas dapes At subito ingens auditur clamor; panduntur 4 porlocat.
et
1
Purple couch
(lecto).
Are opened,
quet.
SUPPLEMENTARY READING
239
1 tae; irruunt decern servi nigerrimi. Fugit perterritus mus 2 uterque, et vix in perfugium se recipit. Deinde rusticus, " " vltam urbanam carpe; 3 ego certe saluSolus," inquit, tem et glandes 4 meas malo." 5 1
Rush
Each.
in.
Enjoy. Acorns.
Prefer.
15.
Proserpina, Cereris
aliquando in
1
Sicilia
2
ad urbem
Hennam
bus.
ludebatque cum comiti3 Inferorum Subito Pluto, deus, cuius currum equl atrl
in agris flores carpebat,
4 Deus Proserpinam abduxit, ut vehebant, e terra emersit. uxor sua et Inferorum regina esset; clamorem puellae com5
pressit.
Mater,
cum
ignoraret ubi
fllia esset,
totum orbem
terrarum frustra peragravit. Tandem Ceres a Sole, qui omnia conspicit, audivit quis flliam abduxisset. Itaque statim iter ad Iovem flexit et
precibus animo eius persuasit, ut fllia a Pliitone remitteretur. Proserpinae permissum est, ut per partem annl apud ma10
Was Was
plucking. playing.
Black.
Came forth.
Suppressed.
l6.
1 Daedalus, artifex perltissimus, a Graecia. expulsus, ad Cretam fugit. Ibi labyrinthum plenum viarum flectuosa-
rum 2
fecit.
Daedalus ipse
Icard
filio
in
iectus sibi et
alas
Icarus altius volat, mare decidit, quod ex eo Icarium mare est appellatum. Daedalus, autem, in Siciliam pervenit.
1
Dum
Artist.
Fastened.
Winding.
Warmed.
240
THESEUS
fecit,
monstrum,
Monstrum autem
rex Cretae, saevus homo, captivis saginabat. 1 Inter miseras victimas quondam erat Theseus, regulus 2 Graecus. Ariadna,
5
tamen,
fllum
4
filia
regis,
plena misericordiae
dat.
longum mirumque gladium rinthum, filumque ad portam adligat. Itaque iuvenis, Turn auxilio fill, certam viam in vasto labyrintho servat. facile occidit. Nee monstrum mora est. Thelonga gladio *o seus cum filia regis navl trans latum mare f ugit.
1
Fed. Prince.
Pity.
4
Thread.
l8.
TANTALUS
Tantalus, Iovis fllius, tarn carus fuit dels, ut Iuppiter 1 el consilia sua dlceret, eumque ad epulas deorum admitteret. At ille, quae ab love audlverat, cum mortalibus commiini5
aqua conlocatus esse, semperque sitire. Nam, quotiens haustum 5 aquae sumptiirus est, aqua recedit. Turn etiam poma super
cabat.
id
Ob
crimen
dicitur
3
apud
Inferos in
caput eius pendent; sed, quotiens ea decerpere rami vent5 motl recedunt.
1
conatur,
2 3
Banquets. Crime.
A
5
As
often as.
Draught.
To
be thirsty.
To pluck.
19.
ridum
pulcherrimae,
quibus poma ab Itinone commissa erant. Labor dimcillimus erat, nam hortus muro ingentl circumdatus 2 erat,
1
From ab
fero.
Surrounded.
SUPPLEMENTARY READING
atque draco,
custodiebat.
tus esset.
1
24 1
dlligenter
cui
centum erant
capita,
portam
Praeterea Hercules ignorabat quo in loco hormultls mercatoribus quaeslverat ubi Hesperides
habitarent, nihil
tamen certum
orbis
reperlre potuerat.
Tandem
5
ad extremam partem
Oceano, pervenit.
terrarum, quae est proxima Ibi stabat vir, nomine Atlas, ingentl
magnittidine corporis, qui caelum umerls suls sustinebat, ne in terram decideret. Hercules auxilium ab eo petiit. Atlas,
qui erat pater Hesperidum, se ad hortum iturum et flliabus persuasurum dixit, ut poma traderent. At postulavit ut, dum 2 ipse abesset, Hercules caelum umerls sustineret.
Flliae diu patrl parere nolebant.
IC
Atlas tamen
els
persuasit
et
poma ad Hercjilem
1
rettulit.
2
Dragon.
While.
From
re
fero.
20.
Deorum maxime Mercurium colunt. Huius sunt plu2 rima simulacra; hunc omnium inventorem artium ferunt, 3
hunc viarum atque itinerum ducem, hunc ad quaestiis 4 5 habere vim maximam arbitrantur. pecuniae et mercatiiras Post hunc Apollinem et Martem et Iovem et Minervam. De his eandem fere, quam reliquae gentes, habent oplnionem: 6 Apollinem morbos depellere, Minervam operum initia tradere,
tenere,
Martem
bella
regere.
1
2
3
Worship. Images.
Call.
Pursuits of trade.
Diseases.
Gain.
Of
the gods.
21.
Midas, rex Phrygiae, quod Baccho placuerat, egregio 2 munere 3 a deo donatus est. " Delige, rex magne," inquit
1
Bacchus.
Extraordinary.
Gift (abl.).
242
"
deus,
vir
quod maxime
Turn
avarus mirum
2
donum
corpore tangebat, in
laetus
5
aurum mutata
4
regiam
domum
6
manuque
Forthwith.
Joyful. Dishes.
7
Wood
(gen.).
2
3
House. Thanks.
Rendered.
22.
II
2 5
Tandem
3
labore fessus
Mox ad os dapes splendidas lustrat. admovet, cibus in aurum statim mutatus est; rex igitur, cuius in faucibus 6 rigida haerebat massa, 7 vlnum poscit; idem evenit. 8 Tandem rex esuriens, 9 quod nihil nee edebat, nee bibebat 10 compluribus diebus, maximis precibus n Bacchum
1
oculls
orat.
Inde
cum
rlsu
12
deus fatale
7
13
donum amovet.
2
3
Dinner. Eager.
Feast.
Lump.
Happens.
Suffering hunger.
8 9
6 6
10
u
12
Drank.
Prayers. Laughter.
13
Fated.
23.
SPAKTAN VALOR
"
'
Rex Spartanus
'
dixit:
'
Mel
x
elves
numquam
'
quaeslverunt,
"
Solem Spartano dixit: propter iaculorum multitudinem et sagittarum non vide" " In umbra igitur," inquit, bitis." pugnabimus."
hostis
1
Ubi sunt?
"
Persian.
SUPPLEMENTARY READING
24.
243
Quldam
Sparta?"
"
mos
Spartan.
25.
Olim eruditus3 homo 'Haec ad eum venit artemque memoriae eum docere voluit. ars," inquit, "facere potest ut omnia memoria teneas." Themistocles autem, "Magis," inquit, "mihi tu. placebis, si me oblivlsci 4 multa docueris."
1
An Athenian
Ability.
statesman.
3 4
Learned.
To forget.
26.
Antiquis temporibus Latinus in Italia regnavit. Sub hoc rege Troia in Asia a Graecis expugnata est, et Aeneas cum
multls sociis in Italiam venit.
recepit,
eum
benigne
Lavlniam in matrimonium dedit. Aeneas urbem condidit, quam a nomine uxoris Lavmium
atque
el
filiam
Ascanius, filius Aeneae, post appellavit. regnum in alium locum transtulit. Urbs,
mortem
patris
quam
condidit,
est.
Postea Numitor in Alba regnavit. Rheae SiKdae, flliae Amiilius Numitoris, erant duo Mil, Romulus et Remus.
IO
regnum occupavit
et pueros in
Tiberim abici
iussit.
Sed
Tiberis ultra ripas fluxit et pueros in sicco 2 rellquit. Lupa 3 4 et pueros curavisse dicitur, donee pastor eos sustulit
uxorl dedit.
Sic fratres inter pastores educatl sunt.
5
Forte
interfe- I5
Learned.
compererunt
1
esset.
Until.
Amulium
5
Took.
244
Turn in monte prope Tiberim condiderunt urbem, quam Romulus a nomine suo Romam vocavit.
regnum
restituerunt. 1
Restored.
27.
ad poeosque
pulum Romanum
adiunxit.
Centum
senatores
els
4
cum ob aetatem 2
l
turn
ob reverentiam
debitam patres
appellavit;
5
populum
in trlginta curias
distribuit.
Annos
trlginta
Nullum bellum
bonas dedit, et sacra plurima mstituit. Annum in decern menses descrlpsit. Numae successit Tullus Hostilius, qui bellum Albanls Hoc bellum Horatiorum et Curiatiorum certamine iointulit.
gessit;
tamen
clvitatl profuit.
Nam
leges
flnltum
est.
magna
iustitia.
Latinos superavit, urbem ampliavit, 7 et nova moenia 8 fecit. 9 Tarquinius Prlscus ex Etrtiria Romam demigravit, et
15
amlcitiam
And
eum
flliorum
suorum
tuto-
rem
regnum occupavit. Senatoribus, creaverat, centum alios addidit. 11 Cloacas et muros fecit, templum Iovl incohavit. 12 Multa A fllils bella gessit, prlmusque triumphans urbem intravit.
rellquit.
10
Turn per
Insidias
quos Romulus
20
And
interfectus est.
Montes Servius Tullius, fllius captlvae, erat rex sextus. Primus omnium censum ordinavit. 13 tres urbl adiunxit.
1
Not only.
Age.
7
8 9 10
2
3
Enlarged. Walls.
4
5
*
Removed. Guardian.
n Sewers.
12
Sacred
riles.
Commenced.
13
Arranged.
SUPPLEMENTARY READING
Sub eo
245
Roma
cum
els
habuit octoginta, tria mllia civium Romanorum Servius a fllia sua, Tullia, et
Tarquinio Superbo interfectus est. Septimus rex, Tarquinius Superbus, erat fllius TarquinI Priscl. Propter multas iniurias Lucius Brutus et alii elves
populo persuaserunt ut
clauderet.
Rex
fugit
et portas
Ita
Romae regnatum
tres.
1
centos quadraginta
28.
muros Romae multa cum dlligentia Remus muros saepe transilit. aedificat, parvos adhuc " " Carissime frater," inquit, quam magnificl sunt murl tul!
Dum
Romulus
arcent!
"
Remum
yet.
occldit.
Turn
fellciter
3
As
Finely.
Leaps
over.
Keep
THE FAITHLESS TARPE'IA Cum Sabinl Romae appropinquarent, ut urbem caperent, Tarpeiam puellam Romanam rogaverunt, ut viam in
29.
arcem
ceret.
monstraret. 2
Ilia petiit,
El
permlserunt ut miinus
sibi pos-
6 5 At hostes, gererent, anulos aureos et armillas slgnificans. in arcem ab ea perductl, sctitls Tarpeiam obruerunt; 7 nam
et
Rings.
Bracelets.
2 3
4
Show.
Dative.
Overwhelmed.
Also.
Reward.
246
Mox
cum exercitu Romam oppugnavit, et elves in periculo erant. RomanI ex agris in urbem demigrant et summo studio earn
5
iter dare poterat, sed virtus unius Hie vir, Horatius noa mllitis periculo llberavit. x mine, positus in statione pontis, hostes unum collem capere Mllites fugiunt, praeter Horaet ad pontem venire videt.
muniunt.
Pons hostibus
urbem
tium et duos socios. EtruscI appropinquant, et nunc in 2 10 ponte sunt. Horatius pontem rescindl a tergo iubet. Parva Solus imparte pontis relicta, soci5s suos discedere iubet.
petum hostium
sustinet.
Denique pons
in
Turn fortis vir armatus in Mmen desilit. multa tela iaciunt, sed incolumis 4 ad suos tranat. 5
Stationed as a guard. A tergo, behind him faces the enemy).
2
1
(as he
Swims
across.
CINCINNATUS Cincinnatus agricola Romanus fuit, qui patriam amavit. Cum Roma in periculo esset, elves ab agro eum voca31.
verunt,
5
Hostibus
est,
sed ad
agrum
revertit.
32.
A LESSON IN DIGNITY
iam
1
Qulntus
fuit.
2
Fabius,
senex,
fllio
suo
consull
legatus
Fllius
obviam
duodecim
llctoribus
3 pro more antecedentibus. Senex equo vehebatur, et conIam ex llctoribus unsule appropinquante non descendit.
4 decim, verecundia paternae maiestatis, tacitl praeterierant. 3 1 Was borne. To meet, used w. dative.
2
According
to.
Out of respect
for.
SUPPLEMENTARY READING
247
Consul proximum l llctorem iussit dlcere Fabio patri: " Ex " Non ego, fill," 2 equo descende." Pater turn desiliens,
" tuum imperium contempsl, sed experlri volul, inquit, sclres consulem te esse."
1
num
Last.
Vocative.
Whether.
33.
Corneliae,
AfricanI
filiae.
Cornelia
erat
mulier
2
sapien-
Cum Campana
femina orna-
menta
duos
1
sua,
fllios
vocavit.
quae pulcherrima erant, el ostenderet, Cornelia " " Haec," inquit, mea ornamenta sunt."
the con2
Scipio
Africanus,
Campanian.
queror of Hannibal.
34.
Primo
Poenis,
elves
1
belld Piinico Regulus, dux Romanus, captus a 1-. de cap tl vis commutandls Romam missus est.
2
cum Carthagine
captlvos non
ablret, iuravit se eo
4
condiciones
esse
propinqui et amici
fallere.
1
eum
The Carthaginians.
Terms
(of
agreement).
7
2
3
From
Adv.,
Carthage.
there.
To
break.
35.
Punico Roman! castra aliquando in Africa apud Bagradam flumen ponunt; multisque proem's copias
Primo
248
hostium egregia mllitum virtiite superant. Sed, paucis post diebus, apparet serpens ingentis magnitudinis; et exercitum fhiminis usu prohibet. Milites prlmo ex vallo sagittls
5
magnam manum Regulus 2 multos multos Serpens ingenti ore corripit; 3 4 caudae voluminibus ad castra elldit; reliqul perterriti
tellsque serpentem petunt; deinde
edticit.
consul
celeriter fugiunt.
Proximo
campum
5
educitur.
Diu
6
et acriter
pugnatur.
Tandem
ballistas
et
admovent; catapultas lapidum vulneribus serpens iointerficitur. Sanguis autem monstrl viclnum flumen imbuit. 7 8 Corium, longum pedes centum et vigintl, Romam mittunt.
crebris
Extraordinary.
Seizes. Coils.
2 3 4
6
7
Crushes.
The skin.
36.
Hannibal,
in
Poenorum multa de
fide
sua et odio
Romanos commemoravisset, hoc adiunxit: Pater meus, 2 Hamilcar, puerulo me non amplius novem annos nato, in
Hispaniam imperator
proficiscens Carthagine Iovi hostias
facit,
3
"
immolabat. 4
^Faciam,'
5
Dum
6
hoc
in castra proficiscl.
Id
cum
me
inquit, 'si
mihi fidem,
quam
Id
con-
ioiusiurandum, patrl datum, usque ad hanc diem 8 eadem mente servavi, ut neminl dubium esse debeat, quln sim futurus."
ita
1
Little boy.
2
3
Old
(lit.,
born).
6 7
Sacrifices.
4
(it).
Was
offering.
SUPPLEMENTARY READING
37.
249
HANNIBAL'S JEST 1 Antiochus, qui bellum cum Romanls gerere parabat, ostendebat Hannibal! in campo 2 copias ingentes, quas comparaverat, convertebatque
et aurels
3
micantem;
cum
falcibus,
elephantos cum turribus, equites cum armls splendidis. Turn " Satisne sunt Romanls rex Hannibalem aspicit 7 et dlcit: " 8 haec omnia? Hannibal, qui ignavos AntiochI mllites de" 9 Satis sine dubio sunt Romanls haec spiciebat, respondet:
omnia, etiam
1
si
avarissiml sunt."
4
5
Glittering.
7
8
Looks
at.
2 3
Chariots.
Inactive.
maneuvering.
Scythes.
Despised.
38.
"NOT AT HOME"
Olim Nasica ad Nasica et Ennius poeta 1 amid erant. Ennium venit et ad portam de eo quaeslvit; ancilla 2 En" domi non est." Videbat autem Ennium nius," inquit,
Nasica; nihil tamen dixit, sed domum revertit. Paucis post diebus ad Nasicam venit Ennius. Huic ipse Nasica exclamavit,
es
"
Turn Ennius: " Quid? Nonne " Homo Nasica autem respondit: tuae credidl: tu non mihi credis
2
Roman
poet.
Maid.
39.
TWO OF
2
CICERO'S JOKES
clarissimus,
Cicero,
Romanorum oratorum
staturae
3
Lentulum 1
gladio
inquit,
hominem, longo
vidit.
"
Quis generum
meum,"
"ad
gladium adligavit?
3
"
4
2
4
Small.
Tied.
250
Femina quaedam, iuniorem se esse simulans * quam erat, dictitabat 2 se triginta tantum 3 annos habere; 4 cui Cicero
dixit:
"
Verum
1 3
est,
nam
Pretending. Only.
40.
A LETTER OP CICERO
Ante Christum
XLVI.
Nos neque de
Caesaris
Si vales, 2
bene
est,
ego valeo.
epistulls, quas Philotlmus habere diciSi quid erit certi, faciam tg tur, quidquam certi habemus. 3 statim certiorem. Fac ut valetudinem 4 tuam cures. Vale. 5
1
adventu neque de
His) wife.
are well.
Be
sure.
6
You
Health.
Goodbye.
41.
ON THE
WAY
TO SCHOOL
SlLVIUS.
Si.
IOANNES
Cur adeo
curris,
Ioannes?
lepus," ut aiunt, "pro canibus?" hoc Quid proverbium est? Io. Quia, nisi adfuero in tempore ante recitatum catalogum, actum est de pelle mea.
Io.
Si.
"Cur
Si.
Hac quidem
Modo
prae-
to
tetigit piinctum, quod horam ab hora aequis spatils Io. At ego vix habeo fidem horologiis. Si. At mihi fide, qui campanae vocem audlvi.
Io.
Si.
Horam
Io.
Quid loquebatur? esse quintam. Sed est et aliud, unde magis etiam timeam.
Red-
SUPPLEMENTARY READING
denda
Si.
251
est
memoriter hesterna
lectio,
satis longa.
Vereor
iS
ut possim.
Commune
Et
est.
perlculum narras;
nam
et ipse vix
satis
teneo.
Io.
Omnis
ill!
culpa capi2
tals
Nee magis
is
parcit nobis
quam
si
corium esset
bubulum.
Si.
Verum
Quern
non
aderit in ludo.
Io.
Si.
Cornelium.
Io.
Si.
Vae nostro
corio!
Verum
dlcis; et ideo
non raro
illlus
bracchio precatus
alter5
recitante,
25
sum
Si.
perniciem.
Reddamus
inter
nos
lectionem,
Io.
At
in
Fac praesentl sis animo; nam metus nocet memoriae. Facile deponerem pavorem, si non adesset perlculum. tanto discrlmine quis possit esse securus animo?
30
NOTES
One
John and
morning.
LINE
1.
of the Colloquies of Erasmus (A. D. 1466-1536). Silvius, are on the way to school between five
The two
and
six in
boys, the
2.
4.
5. 6.
7.
Adeo, so. John overtakes Silvius, who is walking. Lepus, hare (nora.); supply currit. Recitatum catalogum, the calling of the .Quia, because.
roll.
Actum
mea,
it is
all
up with my
skin.
just.
five
Quidem,
Punctum,
at least.
Parte, score.
Modo,
clock.
o'clock.
8.
at.
Horologium,
10.
13.
Fide, trust (imper.). Campanae, of the Unde, whence, from which. Reddenda,
Lectio, lesson.
to be
repeated.
Ut possim,
that
I cannot.
(to both).
Commune, common
252
18.
Capi-
talis, capital,
school.
Vae, woe. Plagosior, more fond of whipping than Orbilius, the severe schoolmaster of Horace. Bracchio 25. Verum, truth. Ideo, therefore. Raro, seldom. perdiciem, / have prayed for ruin to his arm.
24.
. . .
27.
Reddamus,
. .
let
us repeat.
take care to
Metus, fear.
Discrimine, danger.
Securus, untroubled.
New York
State Syllabus of 19 17
PERSEUS
Acrisius, king of Argos, having been warned by the oracle that he slain by his grandson, placed his daughter Danae and her infant son Perseus in an ark, which the waves of the sea carried to the island Seriphos. Here they were rescued and taken to Polydectes,
would be
king of the island, in w hose court Perseus grew to manhood. The king, who sought in vain to win the love of Danae, shut her up in prison, saying that she should not be released until Perseus brought to him the head of the Gorgon Medusa. This difficult task he accomplished, as the story relates, and on his return home saved the beautiful Andromeda from a sea-monster. When Perseus afterwards reached the city of his grandfather Acrisius, the latter fled in terror, but was unable to avert the fulfillment of fate, for at the games held in Thessaly he was accidentally struck by a discus thrown by Perseus.
7
The Latin
"
Fabulae Faciles."
The Ark
Haec narrantur a poetis de Perseo. Perseus filius erat maximl deorum; avus eius Acrisius appellabatur. Iovis, Acrisius volebat Perseum nepotem x suum necare nam propter oraculum puerum timebat. Comprehendit igitur Perseum
1.
;
adhuc Infantem, et cum matre in area lignea inclusit. Turn 5 arcam ipsam in mare coniecit. Danae, Perse! mater, magnopere territa est tempestas enim magna mare turbabat. Perseus
;
autem
p. 260.
254
2.
Ilium
suum
servare
Toconstituit.
Tranquillum
igitur fecit
mare, et
arcam ad Insulam
Serlphum perduxit. Htiius Insulae Polydectes turn rex erat. Postquam area ad litus adpulsa est, Danae in harena quietem Post breve tempus a piscatore quodam reperta est capiebat. et ad domum regis Polydectis adducta est. Ille matrem et sedem flnibus sins dedit. et els tutam in 15 puerum benigne excepit, Danae hoc donum libenter accepit, et pro tanto beneficio regi
gratias egit.
Perseus
3.
is
habitabat, et
cum matre
sua vitam beatam agebat. At Polydectes Danaen magnopere 2oamabat, atque earn in matrimonium diicere volebat. Hoc tamen consilium Perseo minime gratum erat. Polydectes
Turn iuvenem ad se vocavit et haec dixit "Turpe est hanc ignavam vitam agere iam diidum tu adulescens es. Quo usque hie manebis? TemHinc abl, et caput 25 pus est arma capere et virtutem praestare. Medusae mihi refer."
igitur
constituit.
:
Perseum dlmittere
et,
ad
continentem
venit,
Medusam
quaesivit.
quaerebat,
nam naturam
loci ignorabat.
Medusae, pervenit. Ab his talaria et galeam magicam accepit. Apollo autem et Minerva falcem et speculum dederunt. Turn,
postquam
35
aera volabat
Diu per tandem tamen ad eum locum venit ubi Medusa cum ceteris Gorgonibus habitabat. Gorgones autem monstra erant specie horribill; capita enim earum anguibus omnlno
talaria pedibus induit, in aera ascendit.
;
contecta erant.
Manus etiam
255
et,
Arma
rapuerunt, et
fugit,
rem Perseum
ubi
45
dum
galeam magicam
et,
ubi hoc
fecit,
The Sea-Serpent
Cepheus maris Hie deum, quldam tempore regnabat. Nepttinum, olim offenderat; Neptiinus autem monstrum saevissimum Hoc cotldie e marl veniebat et homines devorabat. mlserat. Ob hanc causam pavor animos omnium occupaverat. Cepheus igitur oraculum del Hammonis consuluit, atque a deo iussus est filiam monstro tradere. Eius autem fllia, nomine Andromeda,
illo 6.
Ibi
5c
Cepheus ubi haec audlvit, magnum dolorem percepit. Volebat tamen elves suos e tanto perlculo extrahere, atque ob earn causam imperata Hammonis facere
constituit.
55
A Human
7.
Sacrifice
Turn rex diem certam dixit et omnia paravit. Ubi ea dies venit, Andromeda ad litus deducta est, et in conspectii omnium ad rupem adligata est. Omnes fatum eius deplorabant, 60 nee lacrimas tenebant. At subito, dum monstrum exspectant, Perseus accurrit et, ubi lacrimas vidit, causam doloris quaerit. 111! rem totam exponunt et puellam demonstrant. Dum haec
;
maximum 65
256
omnibus
dit,
Monstrum magna
celeritate
ad
litus
conten-
stabat.
The Rescue
8.
At
quam
Perseus, ubi haec vidit, gladium suum eduxit, et, postTurn desuper in talaria induit, in aera sublatus est.
70 monstrum impetum subito fecit, et gladio suo collum eius graviMonstrum ubi sensit vulnus, fremitum horriter vulneravit. bilem edidit, et sine mora, totum corpus in aquam mersit.
75
reditum eius exspectabat. Mare autem interea undique sanguine Inncitur. Post breve tempus belua rursus caput sustulit mox tamen a Perseo ictu
Perseus
dum
circum
litus
volat,
est.
Turn iterum
se in
8oomnem spem
paene exanimata erat. Ille vincula statim solvit, et puellam Cepheus ob hanc rem maximo gaudio adfectus patrl reddidit.
est.
beneficio
Perseo rettulit;
Andromedam ipsam el in matrimonium dedit. Ille Paucos annos 85 libenter hoc donum accepit et puellam duxit. cum uxore sua in ea regione habitabat, et in magno honore erat apud omnes Aethiopes. Magnopere tamen matrem suam rursus videre cupiebat. Tandem igitur cum uxore sua e regno
praeterea
Cephei
discessit.
POLYDECTES
90
10.
IS
TURNED TO STONE
adpulit,
se
ad
locum contulit ubi mater olim habitaverat, sed domum invenit vacuam et omnlno desertam. Tres dies per totam Insulam
257
matrem quaerebat tandem quarto die ad templum Dianae Hue Danae refiigerat, quod Polydectem timebat. pervenit. Perseus ubi haec cognovit, Ira magna commotus est ad regiam 95 Polydectis sine mora contendit, et, ubi eo venit, statim in atrium
;
inrupit.
Polydectes
magno timore
adfectus
est
et
fugere
volebat.
stravit;
Dum
ille
tamen ille fugit, Perseus caput Medusae monautem simul atque hoc vidit, in saxum versus est.
cum
rediit. 100
;
nam magno propter oraculum istud nepotem suum adhuc timebat. In Thessaliam igitur ad urbem Larisam statim refugit, friistra tamen neque enim fa turn suum vitavit. Post paucos annos rex Larisae ludos magnos fecit nuntios in omnes partes dimlautem ubi Perseum
vidit,
;
;
105
serat et
diem
edlxerat.
ludos convenerunt.
iniit.
enim
TIBERIUS GRACCHUS
Tiberius Gracchus and his brother Gaius were famous Romans, who In the following account, from Lhomond's "Viri Romae," they are represented as rebels, as the aristocratic party of Rome regarded them. As a fact, however, they resorted to revolutionary means only to improve the condition of the common people and make the government democratic.
lived in the second century B.C.
1.
accedebat educati5.
Maximum
p. 262.
matronlss
258
ornamentum
ilia
sapientissima.
sua,
Cum
bene Institutos merito putabat mater Campana matrona, apud illam hospita,
saeculo pulcherrima, ostentaret el muliebriter, Cornelia traxit earn sermone, quo usque e schola. redirent ioliberl. Quos reversos hospitae ostendens, "Haec," inquit, " his adulescentibus ornamenta sunt." Nihil
ornamenta
illo
mea
quidem
;
neque
natiira
sed
senatu
;
popull favorem
agros plebl dividebat, provincias novis colonhs replebat. Cum autem tribuniciam potestatem sibi prorogarl vellet, et palam dictitasset interempto senatu omnia per plebem agl debere,
ad regnum pa rare videbatur. Qua re cum convocati 2opatres dehberarent, quidnam faciendum esset, statim Tiberius Capitolium petit, manum ad caput referens, quo signo salutem suam populo commendabat. Hoc nobilitas ita accepit, quasi
viam
sibi
diadema posceret, et Scipio Naslca, cum esset consobrlnus Tiberl Gracchi, patriam cognation! praeferens sublata dextra prou Qu! rem publicam salvam esse volunt, me sequan*5clamavit: " Dein optimates, senatus atque equestris ordinis pars tur
!
maior, in
Gracchum
quam
gloriosissime
degere
potuerat,
immatura
morte
flnlvit.
MortuI
Tiberl
30 corpus in
3.
flumen proiectum
est.
vit.
Gaium Gracchum Idem furor, qui fratrem Tiberium,occupaTribunatum enim adeptus, seu vindicandae fraternae
comparandae regiae potentiae causa, pessima coepit maximas largltiones fecit, aerarium efftidit, inlre consilia; frumento plebl dlvidendo tulit, clvitatcm omnibus 35 legem de
Italicls
necis seu
dabat.
His Gracchi
consilils,
maxime Plso, vir rumen tariam dlxisset, Is cum multa contra legem consularis. lege tamen lata, ad frumentum cum ceteris accipiendum venit.
tentione, obsistebant
omnes
bonl, in quibus
259
Piso,
inquit,
"mea bona
tibi virltim
dlvidere liceat; sed si fades, partem petam." da to aperte declaravit vir gravis et sapiens, lege,
Gracchus, patrimonium publicum dissiparl. 4. Decretum a senatu est, ut videret consul Oplmius, ne quid detrlmentl res piiblica caperet quod nisi in maximo discrlmine
;
tlnum occupavit.
aggressus est, qui pulsus profugit et, cum iam comprehenderetur, iugulum servo praebuit, qui dominum et mox se super dominl
corpus interemit.
a,
Ut
in Tiberim deiectum est caput autem amlco Gracchi, ad Oplmium relatum auro repen- 55 Septimuleio, sum fertur. Sunt qui tradant, Infuso plumbo eum partem
capitis,
5.
quo gravius
efficeretur, explesse.
ut in eos, qui
Blossius quldam, Tiberl amicus, pro se deprecatum venit, hanc, 60 ut sibi ignosceretur, causam adferens, quod tantl Gracchum
fecisset, ut,
quidquid
consul,
"Quid?'
"
inquit,
si
te
Capitolio faces subdere iussisset, obsecuttirusne illlus voluntati " fuistl propter istam, quam iactas, f amiliaritatem ? "Num-65
quam," inquit
,
"
Blossius,
si
voluisset,
pa^^issem.'
6.
Romam
reversl oratio, in
Versatus sum in provincia, quomodo qua haec de se narrat ex usu vestr5 esse exlstimabam, non quomodo ambition! meae
70
conducere arbitrabar."
plus
18
Nemo
in
muneribus
fecisse.
me
potest vere dlcere, assem aut eo accepisse aut mea causa, quemquam
sumptum
Zonas,
quas
Roma
proficlscens
plenas
260
?5
Alii amphoras, argent! extuli, eas ex provincia inanes rettull. quas vinl plenas extulerunt, eas argento repletas domum
reportarunt.
to death.
4.
oraculum,
-I,
oracle,
seize.
5.
ligneus, -a,
6.
yet.
includo,-cludere,-clusi,-clusum, inclose.
-e,
Danae,
Greek noun,
first
decl.,
F.,
Danae
(dan'a-e).
7.
8.
dormio,
-ire, sleep.
9.
10.
11. 12.
-um, calm.
Seriphus,
-1,
litus, -oris,
+ pello),
drive
to.
harena,
domum,
benigne,
kindly, excipio, -cipere, tutus, -a, -um, safe. sedes, sedis, F., abode, 17. gratias ago, thank.
15. 19.
23.
24.
-ceptum,
receive.
agebat,
led,
passed.
Danaen,
ace. case,
Greek
first decl.
dudum,
ignavus, -a, -um, inactive, lazy. adv., for a long time, adulescens, -entis, a youth,
hie, adv., here.
quo
praestare, show,
abi,
imperative of ab
eo
(go).
28. 29.
30.
31.
-a,
Graeae, -arum, F. pi., the Graeae. talaria, -ium, N. pi., winged shoes,
magicus,
-um, magic.
26 1
speculum,
-1,
mirror.
aer, aeris (ace.
a era), M.,
35.
36.
Gorgo, Gorgonis,
see
F., Gorgon.
species,
-is,
-el,
appearance;
531.
horribilis,
-e,
terrible,
anquis,
37.
M.
or F., serpent.
adj., covered,
bronze.
38.
39.
off.
saxum,
tergum,
-I, stone,
-i,
versum, turn.
into,
40.
41.
back.
-spectum, look
modus,
-1,
way,
manner.
42.
ictus, -us, blow, stroke.
43. 46.
47.
somnus,
-1, sleep,
49.
51.
52.
sult.
ofend.
Hammon,
-onis, M.,
Hammon.
53.
autem, now.
virgo, virginis, F., maiden, virgin,
54.
55.
56.
imperatum,
-i,
com-
mand.
60.
cliff,
fatum,
-i,
fate.
63. 64.
expono (ex
pono), explain.
65.
66. 69.
70. 71. 72.
-iectum, inspire (in). sublatus, participle of tollo. desuper, adv., from above. neck. collum, -1,
inicio, -icere, -ieci,
-fectum, stain.
75.
262
LINE
76.
78.
79.
80. 81.
solutum,
loosen.
82.
restore,
90.
to.
se contulit,
made
his
way.
91.
92.
invenio (in
+ venio), find.
desertus, -a, -um, deserted.
to this place,
94.
refugid (re
fugio), flee.
95. 96.
97.
99.
inrumpo, -rumpere, -rupi, -ruptum, burst (into). monstro, -are, show, simul atque, as soon as.
Acrisi, see p. 28, par. 96. oraculum istud, that oracle I told
vito, -are, escape.
100. 102.
you
of.
discus,
TIBERIUS GRACCHUS
1.
Gracchi: nom.pl.
Africanus
fHia
:
surname
;
of P. Cornelius Scipio,
Cornelia
see line 4.
3.
-actum, spend,
litteris, literature,
quality.
5. 6.
7.
pueris, childhood,
Campanus,
-a,
-um, Campanian.
apud,
(//
the,
house
of.
hospita,
-ae,
guest..
illo 8. saeculo, of the lime (saeculum). muliebriter, adv., as women will, like a woman.
ostento,
-are,
show.
263
tion,
11.
quo usque,
sermo, -onis, M., conversaused like dum, 605, c. quidem, adv., indeed, adulescens, -entis, M., a youth.
until;
12.
ambo,
13.
" " tribune of the in 133 B.C. The tribunes people were originally appointed to protect the common people, but graduallyacquired other powers.
Tiberius was
15.
favor,
16.
abl. of
means,
-etum,
17.
tip.
The
prorogo, -are, prolong, extend. be held for two successive years, could not lawfully tribuneship
dictito,
-are,
say often,
19. 20.
21.
qua
re, therefore.
:
patres
i.e.
the senators,
-1,
quidnam, what?
referens, raising.
Capitolium,
the Capitol,
22.
commendo,
if.
-are,
entrust,
nobilitas,
the
aristocrats,
quasi,
conj., as
23.
-1,
diadema,
crown,
cum,
although,
consobrinus,
out.
cousin.
24.
25.
26.
order;
27.
dein, adv., then, optimas, -atis, M., aristocrat, ordo, -inis, M., equestris ordinis, of the equestrian order, i.e. the knights.
inruo, -mere, -rui,
make an
attack,
clivo
Capitolino,
by the
subsellium,
-I,
The senators broke up the seats and armed themselves with the fragdegere potuerat, might have spent.
ictum,
in 123 B.C.
adipiscor,
adeptus, obtain,
seu
or.
vindico,
-are, avenge,
264
LINE
34.
inire
-I,
(from in
proposed.
eo),
largitiones,
gifts.
aerarium,
35.
36.
public money,
tulit,
Italicus, -i,
an
Italian,
-stiti,
effort.
lit.,
37.
obsisto, -sistere,
-stitum, oppose,
cum, although,
notice,
frumentariam,
contio, -onis,
concerning grain.
40.
42.
43.
dissuadeo, -suadere, -suasi, -suasum, advise against. nolim quidem tibi liceat, / shouldn't like you to be allowed.
:
Gracche
44.
45.
see 551.
viritim, adv.,
share.
man
by man,
to
each
man
separately.
partem,
my
gravis, of authority.
46.
patrimonium publicum,
money
in
the
treasury,
47.
48.
decerno, -cernere, -crevi, -cretum, decree. detrimentum, -i, injury, caperet, should suffer, discrimen, -inis, N., crisis, peril. soleo, -ere, solitus, be accustomed. 49. Aventinus, -i, the Aventine,
one
of the hills of
Rome.
comprehenderetur, was on
-ui, -itum, hold forth, expose.
51.
iugulum,
-i,
throat,
praebeo, -ere,
54.
55.
rependo, -pendere, -pendi, -pensum, pay with the same weight; repensum supply esse. infundo, -fundere, -fudi, -fusiun, pour into. fertur, is reported, 56.
:
plumbum,
57.
-i,
lead,
eum
511,
a.
i.e.
Septimulcius.
-evi,
quo: -etum,
see
fill
efficeretur,
might
be
made,
expleo, -ere,
up ; explesse
explevisse.
animadverteretur,
deprecatum,
to plead,
supine of deprecor.
given.
ignosceretur,
that
pardon be
quidquid, whatever.
faces subdere,
to set
f re
to.
obsecuturusne
fuisti,
yielded ?
265
68. 69.
70.
71.
ex
oratio
quomodo,
as, assis,
adv., as.
conducere,
cent," as
serve,
be profitable,
" a red
72.
we might
say.
munus,
belt,
73.
expense.
zona, -ae,
74. 75.
amphora, -ae,
filled.
jar.
repletus, -a,
-um,
APPENDIX
NOUNS
I.
FIRST DECLENSION
tuba, F., trumpet
268
Nom.
Gen. Dat. Ace. Abl.
consules
victores
patres
nationes
homines
consulum
consulibus consules consulibus
victorum
victoribus victores victoribus
patrum
patribus patres patribus
nationum
nationibus nationes nationibus
hominum
hominibus homines hominibus
rex,
M.
dux,
M.
pes,
M.
miles,
M.
llbertas, F.
liberty
king
leader
foot
soldier
Singular
Nom
Gen. Dat. Ace.
Abl.
rex
regis
regi
dux
ducis duci
miles
mllitis
militi
regem
rege
ducem
duce
pedem
pede
Plural
militem
mllite
libertatem
libertate
duces
pedes
ducum
ducibus duces ducibus
pedum
pedibus pedes pedibus
A bl.
libertates
libertatum
llbertatibus libertates llbertatibus
flumen, N.
river
opus, N. work
tempus, N.
time
caput, N. head
Singular
Nom.
Gen. Dat. Ace.
Abl.
flumen
fluminis flumini
opus
operis operi
caput
capitis capiti
flumen
flumine
opus
opere
tempus tempore
caput
capite
Plural
Nom.
Gen. Dat. Ace.
Abl.
flumina
opera
tempora
capita
fluminum
fluminibus flumina fluminibus
operum
operibus opera operibus
temporum
temporibus tempora temporibus
capitum
capitibus capita capitibus
APPENDIX
6.
269
270
Nom.
APPENDIX
12.
271
272
THIRD DECLENSION
14.
acer, sharp
Singular
Plural
N.
acre
acris acri
M.
F.
M.
acres
F.
N.
acria
Nom.
Gen. Dat. Ace.
Abl.
acer
acris acri
acris acris
acri
acres
acnum
acnum
acnum
acrem
acri
acrem
acri
acre
acri
acribus acribus acribus acres (-is) acres (-is) acria acribus acribus acribus
15.
fortis, brave
APPENDIX
18.
273
SPECIAL ADJECTIVES
vetus, old
274
20.
Comparative
melior, better
peior, worse maior, greater
Superlative
magnus,
parvus, multus,
iuvenis,
great
little
minor,
less
much
young
senex, old
magis idoneus
exterior, outer, exterior
Inferior, lower
extremus extimus
Infimus
)
"I
outermost,
last
posterus, following
posterior, later
lowest
"I
superus, above
[cis, citra,
superior, higher
citerior, hither interior, inner
supremusj summus J
on
this side]
[in,
prior,
former
ADVERBS
21.
Comparative
latius
llberius
Superlative
latissime llberrime
late,
widely
llbere, freely
acriter, sharply
facile, easily
acrius
facilius
acerrime
facillime
sapienter, wisely
sapientius
sapientissime
22.
Comparative
melius, better
peius, worse magis, more
Superlative
optime, best pessime, worst maxime, most plurimum, most
bene, well
male, badly,
ill
magnopere,
greatly
minime,
least
diutius, longer
saepissime, oftenest
APPENDIX
23-
275
276
278
APPENDIX
Imperfect
Imperfect
279
amabam, / was
love love
amabar, / was
{being) loved
amabamus, we were
did love did love
loving, loved,
amabamur, we were
loving, loved,
Future
amabo, /
shall love
amabor, I
shall be loved
amabimus, we
amabunt, they
shall love
will love
amabimur, we
shall be loved
Perfect
amatus sum, / have been was loved amatus es, you have been
were loved
loved,
loved,
amatus
loved
est, he
amavimus, we have
did love
loved, loved,
loved,
amavistis, you have loved, loved, did love amaverunt, they have loved, loved, did love
Pluperfect
amati
estis,
loved,'
were loved
amati sunt,
were loved
Pluperfect
amaveram, / had loved amaveras, you had loved amaverat, he had loved
amaveramus, we had
loved
amatus eram, / had. been loved amatus eras, you had been loved amatus erat, he had been loved
amati eramus, we had been loved amati eratis, you had been loved amati erant, they had been loved
280
amatus amatus
loved
ero, / shall have been loved eris, you will have been
amaverimus, we
amaventis, you
amati
loved
eritis,
you
APPENDIX
Participles Active
Pres.
28l
Participles Passive
amans, loving
amaturus, about
to love
Ferf.
loved,
Fut.
Fut.
amandus,
to be
loved (Ge-
rundive)
Gerund
Gen. Dat. Ace.
Abl.
Supine (Active)
amandi, of loving
amando, for
amandum,
amando,
Ace. Abl.
amatum,
amatu,
to love
to love
35.
advise
282
monui
monuisti
monuit
APPENDIX
Perfect
283
monuenm
monueris monuerit
284
36.
moneor, moneri, monitus sum, be warned, regor, regi, rectus sum, be ruled capior, capi, captus sum, be taken audior, audiri, auditus sum, be heard
be advised
APPENDIX
Pluperfect
285
286
essemus
essent
recti essetis
regere regimini
Infinitive
capere capimini
audlre audimini
regi
capi
audlri
rectus esse
captus esse
auditus esse
Fut.
monitum
iri
rectum
iri
captum
iri
auditum
audltus
iri
Participles
Perf. monitus
rectus
Fut.
monendus
regendus
captus capiendus
audiendus
DEPONENT VERBS
37.
First Conjugation
Principal Parts
conor, conari, conatus sum, try
Indicative
conor, /
try,
Present
Subjunctive
am
trying, do try
coner
coneris
conaris, you try, are trying, do try conatur, he tries, is trying, does try
conetur
conamur, we try, are trying, do try conamini, you try, are trying, do try
conantur, they
try,
conemur
conemini conentur
Imperfect did / was try conabar, trying, tried, conabaris, you were trying, tried, did try conabatur, he was trying, tried, did try
c5narer
conareris conaretur
conabamur, we were trying, tried, did try conabamini, you were trying, tried, did try
conabantur, they were trying,
tried,
conaremur
conaremini conarentur
did try
APPENDIX
Future
conabor, I shall try conaberis, you will try
conabitur, he will try
287
conabimur, we shall try conabimini, you will try conabuntur, they will try
Perfect
conatus stun, / have tried, tried, did try conatus es, you have tried, tried, did try conatus est, he has tried, tried, did try
conati sumus, we have tried, tried, did try conati estis, you have tried, tried, did try conati sunt, they have tried, tried, did try
Pluperfect
conatus eram, I had tried conatus eras, you had tried conatus erat, he had tried
conati eramus, we had tried conati eratis, you had tried conati erant, they had tried
Future Perfect
conatus erd, / shall have tried conatus eris, you will have tried conatus erit, he will have tried
conati erimus, we shall have tried conati eritis, you will have tried conati erunt, they will have tried
Present Imperative
Sing, cdnare, try (thou)
Infinitive
Pres.
Perf.
Fut.
conari, to try conatus esse, to have tried conaturus esse, to be about to try
Participles
Pres. conans, trying Fut. Act. conaturus, about
to try
288
Supine
conandum,
trying
conatum,
conatu,
to try
conando, by trying
to try
38.
sum,
get possession of
APPENDIX
Participles
Pres. Fut. Act.
Perf.
289
verens
veriturus veritus
uteris
patiendus
potiendus
Gerund
verendl
utendl Supine
patiendi
potiendi
ventum
usum
passum
potltum
IRREGULAR VERBS
39-
sum, am
be
ful,
futurus
Indicative
Present
Singular
Plural
sumus, we are estis, you are
sunt, they are
Imperfect
was
Future
ero,
eris, erit,
/ shall be
erimus, we shall be
eritis,
you
will be
you
will be
he will be
erunt,
Perfect
tliey will be
fuistis.
he has been,
was
fuimus. we have been, were you have been, were fuerunt, they have been, were
Pluperfect
290
fuero,
APPENDIX
Perfect
291
potui,
/ have been
able,
I could
able,
we
you
potuisti,
able,
you
able,
could
potuit, he has been able, he could
could
able, tliey
Pluperfect
potueram, / had been able potueras, ycu had been able potuerat, he had been able
potueramus, we had been able potueratis, you had been able potuerant, they had been able
Future Perfect
potuero, I shall have been able potueris, you will have been able potuerit, he will have been able
you will have been able potuerint, they will have been able
Subjunctive
Present
Imperfect
Singular
Plural
possimus
possitis
Singular
Plural
possim
possis possit
possint
2Q2
41,
made, be done
fio, fieri, factus
Principal Parts:
sum
APPENDIX
Pluperfect
93
ieram
2Q4
feram
feres
feret
APPENDIX
Indicative
295
296
46.
47-
RULES OF SYNTAX
49. Nominative Case.
297
subject of a finite verb is in the nominative case. (26) predicate noun is in the nominative case after the verbs be, become, seem, and the passive verbs be made, be called, be chosen, and the like. (99 and 191, a)
1.
The
2.
50.
Vocative Case.
of the person or thing addressed
is
The name
(5Si)
51.
1.
Genitive Case.
A noun limiting the meaning of another noun, and not denotsame person or thing, is in the genitive case. (General rule.) the ing 2. A word denoting the owner or the possessor is in the genitive
case.
3.
(51)
genitive may denote the whole, depending on a word de(530) 4. The genitive of a noun, with an adjective in agreement, may be used to describe another noun. (532) 5. The genitive is used with certain nouns and adjectives to denote the object of an action or feeling implied. (353)
The
noting a part.
a. The nouns and adjectives so used denote memory, fulness, or their opposites.
desire, knowledge,
52.
Dative Case.
1. The dative of the indirect object is used with transitive verbs, in connection with the accusative of the direct object. (60) 2. The dative of the indirect object is used with verbs meaning
favor, help, please, trust, and their opposites; believe, persuade, command, obey, serve, resist; envy, threaten, pardon, spare. These verbs in Latin may be intransitive. (437)
3.
The dative
(457)
is
The dative
The dative
is
sum
(459)
5.
is
The dative
is
like, equal,
and
their opposites.
(246)
2.
The direct object of a verb is in the accusative case. (42) The verbs name, call, choose, make, and the like, take two
298
tive.
accusatives, one of the direct object, the other a predicate accusa(191) 3. The accusative is used with certain prepositions, forming prepis
regularly expressed
by the accusative
with ad or in
osition
5.
is
omitted.
6.
7.
The accusative is used to denote duration of time. (291) The accusative is used to denote extent of space. (523) The subject of an infinitive is in the accusative case. (342)
The
ablative
is
sitional phrases.
2.
(541)
The means
or instrument of
(66)
an action
is
Accompaniment is expressed by the ablative with the preposicum. (136) 4. The manner of an action may be expressed by the ablative with cum, but cum may be omitted if an adjective modifies the
tion
noun.
5.
(137)
With a passive verb the person by whom an expressed by the ablative with a or ab. (150)
6.
act
is
performed
is
Verbs denoting separation require an ablative to complete meaning, with or without ab, de, or ex. (221) 7. The place from which is regularly expressed by the ablative with ab, de, or ex; but with names of towns, domus, and rus, the
their
is omitted. (281) place in which is regularly expressed by the ablative with the preposition in; but the locative case is used for domus, rus, and the names of towns in the singular number. (279 and 280) 9. Time when or within which anything is or is done is expressed by the ablative without a preposition. (292) 10. The ablative without a preposition is used to express cause or reason. (362) n. The ablative without a preposition is used to show in what respect the meaning of a verb, noun, or adjective applies. (378) 12. The ablative is used with the deponent verbs utor, fruor, fungor, potior, and vescor. (403)
preposition
8.
The
13. A comparative without quam is followed by the ablative; but when quam is used the words denoting the things compared
are in the
14.
same
case.
is
(472)
The
ablative
(473)
of difference.
RULES OF SYNTAX
299
15. The ablative of a noun, with an adjective in agreement, may be used to describe a noun. (532) 16. A noun or pronoun in the ablative, with a noun, an adjective, or a participle in agreement, may be used to express time, cause,
(565)
55.
1.
Noun
Clauses.
1
noun clauses introduced by ut or ne, and having the verb in the subjunctive, depend on verbs meaning advise, command, demand, induce, permit, persuade, urge. (439) 2. Noun clauses of result introduced by ut or ut non, and having the verb in the subjunctive, depend on verbs meaning happen,
Volitive
accomplish, cause.
(448)
(605, c)
7. Causal clauses with quod take the indicative to state the reason of the speaker or writer; the subjunctive, to state the reason of another. (612, a) 8. Causal clauses with cum take the subjunctive. (612, b) 9. Conditional sentences take the indicative in both clauses,
when
10.
when
(621)
57.
1.
the condition is stated as a fact. (621) Conditional sentences take the subjunctive in both clauses, the condition is stated as less probable, or contrary to fact.
Infinitive.
An
infinitive
may
verb, as, be able, begin, dare, decide, hasten, hesitate, prepare, ought, (no) seem, wish, 2. An infinitive with subject accusative is used with verbs meaning say, think, know, perceive. (343)
1
3
58.
In complex sentences primary tenses are used in clauses that depend upon primary tenses, secondary tenses in clauses that depend upon secondary tenses. (430)
59.
1.
in-
terrogative adjectives,
nonne, or num.
2.
if
Questions
negative), or
3.
non, no,
be answered by repeating the verb (with non, by using the adverbs certe, certainly, ita, so, yes, minime, by no means. (198)
may
An
(502)
60.
Order
of
Words.
The normal order of words in a Latin sen1. General Rule. tence is (1) the subject, (2) the modifiers of the subject, (3) the modifiers of the verb, (4) the verb. (68) 2. A genitive normally follows the noun that it limits. (50, a) direct stands before the indirect An object. object normally 3.
(59, b)
An ablative normally precedes the object and other modifiers the verb. (68, b) of A vocative normally follows one or more words of the sentence. 5.
4.
(SSi, *)
6.
adjective normally follows its noun. Adjectives of quan(22 and tity and demonstrative adjectives precede their nouns. page 75, footnote) 7. An adverb normally stands just before the word it modifies.
(68, c)
8.
An
its
normal po-
sition.
9.
Special words: Causa follows a genitive; the adjective R6follows its noun; fere usually follows the word it modifies; one or more words of a quotation. follows inquit 10. A preposition of one syllable often stands between its noun and a modifying adjective. (Page 40, footnote) 11. The preposition cum, when used with a personal, reflexive, or relative pronoun, follows the pronoun and is joined to it as an
manus
enclitic.
(18)
VOCABULARIES
ABBREVIATIONS
abl
3,cc
ablative
interrog
lit
interrogative
literally
accusative
adjective
adj
loc
locative
. .
.
adv
adverb
M., masc.
N., neut
masculine
neuter
comp
conj dat
comparative
conjunction dative
defective
nom
obj
nominative
object
participle
def
part
dem
dep
demonstrative
pass
perj
pi.,
passive
perfect
deponent
feminine
future
F.,fem
jut.
jut.
plur
plural
plup
poss
pluperfect
possessive
future perfect
genitive
gen
pred
predicate
preposition
imper
imperative
prep
pres
impers
impersonal
imperfect
indeclinable
present
impf
indecl
indej.
pron
ret
pronoun
relative
.....
indefinite
sing.
......
singular
ind
inj.
indicative
infinitive
subj
subjunctive
superlative
sup
In the English pronunciation of proper names the sounds of the vowels are as follows:
i
.
2.
1.
2.
as in pin as in pine
3.
4.
5.
1.
o as in not 6 as in note
as in democrat
a as in idea
e as in met e as in
2.
3.
1.
2.
4.
o as in move
me
1.
2.
3.
u u u
302
LATIN-ENGLISH VOCABULARY
acriter, adv., sharply, fiercely.
a, ab,
prep. w. abl.,
by,
away from,
ad,
prep.
w.
ace,
to,
toward,
to.
on the side of; as adv., from, as a prefix, away. off; abdo, -dere, -didi, -ditum [ab+do],
put away, hide.
till,
addo,
addere,
additum
abduco, -ducere, -duxi, -ductum [ab + duco], lead away. abicio, -icere, -ieel, -iectum [ab +
iacio],
addiico, -ducere, -duxi, -ductum [ad + duco], lead to, bring to, influence.
throw away.
adgredior,
-gredi,
-gressus
sum
[ad+gradior,
aful
absum, abesse,
away,
[ab+sum],
be
toward, attack.
be distant.
tum
[ad-fiungo], join
to, tie to.
to,
add.
-atum [ad+ligo,
ap-
proach, be added.
accido, -cidere, -cidi,
cado], fall
to,
admitto, -mittere, -misl, -missum [ad+mitto], send to, let in, let go,
allow;
speed.
[ad+
happen;
equo admisso,
at
full
befall,
it
accidit, impers.,
happens.
accipio, -cipere, -cepi, -ceptum [ad +capio], take to, receive, accept;
hear.
tum
[ad + moved],
bring
to,
sum [ad+
-cursum
hasten
to.
[ad+curro],
run
to,
at
arrival,
approach.
adversus, -a,
33
-um
[adverto], ad-
army.
34
aedificium,
n., a building.
-atum [aedes,
amplus,
-a,
-um,
large,
ample.
Aeneas, Aeneae,
aestas, -tatis,
f.,
h., Aene'as.
summer.
agmen, -inis, N., an army (on the novissimum agmen, march) the rear (of an army). ago, agere, egi, actum, put in mo;
animus,
annus,
ante,
-i,
m., soul,
mind, feeling,
spirit, courage.
-i,
m., a year.
adv.,
or
prep.
w.
ace,
before.
antiquus, -a,
-um
[ante], ancient,
appareo, -ere,
-ui,
appear.
(of
the Allobroges
Alps.
the
-era,
;
-erum,
two)
the
alter
other
(of
other;
pi.,
one party
appropinquo, -are, -avi, -atum [ad +propinquo], draw near to, approach.
Aprilis, -e, of April.
the
other.
altitudo,
[altus],
height,
at,
depth.
aqua, -ae,
of.
ship.
amicus,
-a,
-um, friendly ;
as noun,
m., friend.
-missum
let go, lose.
love.
VOCABULARY
arbitror,
35
-an,
-atus
sum,
dep.,
B
beatus, -a, -um, happy.
think, judge.
arbor, arboris,
f., tree.
,
Belgae,
silver.
keep of.
argentum, -i, N., silver. drma, -drum, n. arms (equipment) anno, -are, -avi, -atum, arm, equip.
.
,
the Belgae nation of a (bel'je), Belgians, northern Gaul. bellicosus, -a, -um [bellum], war-
-arum,
m.,
like.
well.
well-doing, kind-
censum,
ascent.
climb, ascend.
ness, benefit.
-is,
n.,
Bibracte
(bi-
atque
(ac), conj.,
and
attingo,
-tingere,
-tigi,
-tactum
bonitas, -tatis,
f.
[bonus], goodness,
excellence; fertility.
influence, au-
cow;
pi., cattle.
audacia, -ae,
f.
[audax], boldness.
bold.
audax, audacis,
audio, -ire,
-ivi,
Brutus,
-i,
m., Brutus.
-itum, hear.
aurum,
-I, n.,
gold.
aut,conj.,or;aut
aut,
either
or.
fall.
autem, conj., on
caelum,
-i, x.,
sky, heavens.
aux-
Caesar, a
man and
of
born ioo
B.C.,
assassinated 44 B.C.;
governor
Gaul 58-49
B.C.
calamitas,
away,
retreat.
warmth.
campus,
-i,
-atum
[a
+ void,
away.
f., the
avus,
-i,
m., grandfather.
Axona, -ae,
Aisne (an), a
river of Gaul.
306
captivus,
-i,
captive,
circum,
prisoner.
m., cart.
circumduco, -diicere, -duxi, -ductum [circum +duco], lead around. circumvenid, -venire, -veni, -ventum come [circum +venio],
around, surround.
citerior, -ius,
cams,
Cassius,
m.,
Lucius Cassius, a
redoubt.
comp.
adj.
(citra),
Roman
castellum,
general.
-I, n., fort,
nearer, hither.
citra, adv.,
f., tail.
f.,
mous.
classis, classis, f., fleet.
[celer], quick-
celeriter
(celerius,
celerrime) ,
adv., quickly. Celtae, -arum, m., the Celts, inhabitants of central Gaul.
centum,
turion,
commander of a hundred.
f.,
cera, -ae,
wax.
f.,
tum, learn, recognize; perf., have learned, hence, know. cogo, cogere, coegi, coactum [con+ ago], drive togetlier, collect, compel.
Ceres, Cereris,
Ceres (se'rez),
tiorem facere,
cibus,
-I,
to
inform.
m., food.
(sis' e-ro).
till,
cul-
comburo,
-urere,
-ussi,
-ustum
VOCABULARY
[con-furo, burn], burn
tip,
307
f.
con-
conditio, -onis,
gether),
sume.
terms,
comes, comitis, m. or
ion, comrade.
f.,
companfcon
ment.
put
together,
build,
mind, recount,
found.
relate.
tum
treat.
collect;
commode, adv., conveniently. commoveo, -movere, -movi, -motum [con+moveo], move deeply,
disturb, alarm.
commuto,
change.
-are, -avi,
-atum [con+
+facio],
do thoroughly,
accom-
plish, complete.
comparo, -are,
-atum [con+
firmo,
clare.
make
conicio, -icere, -ieci, -iectum [con +iacio], throw together, hurl. coniuratio, -onis, f. [coniuro], con-
complures, -a
(-ia),
many, very
spiracy.
many.
comporto, -are, -avi, -atum [con+
porto], bring together.
-cessum
yield,
attempt.
[con+cedo, make
way],
consanguineus,
m.,
noun,
kinsman.
[con+scisco],
\v.
caedo,
cut], cut
down,
kill.
-atum, bring
tum
solve;
cide.
decree,
re-
win
mortem, commit
-scribere,
sui-
concilium,
-i, n.,
meeting, assembly,
council, conference.
conscribd,
-scripsi,
-scriptum
[con+scribo],
write
3 o8
and
adv., op-
considius,
-i,
m., Considius, a
Ro-
man
soldier.
-sessum
encamp,
[con+sido,
settle.
sit
down],
[con-t-
consilium,
-1, n.,
counsel, plan.
r.,
Corinthus, Greece.
-I, f.,
Corinth, a city of
Cornelia.
Cornelia, -ae,
f.,
cornu, -us,
n., horn,
wing
(of
an
army).
corpus, corporis, n,, body.
cotidianus, -a, -urn, daily.
cotidie, adv., daily.
tum [can+statuo,
set
together],
Crassus,
creber,
crebra,
crebrum,
thiak;
sulship.
suppose.
consumo,
consume.
-sumere,
-sumpsi,
destroy,
make.
cum,
conj.,
cunctus, -a,
-um
[coniunctus], all
entire.
(taken together),
cupiditas, -tatis,
contend, hasten.
longing.
-tentum
re-
bound, hem
in.
VOCABULARY
cur, adv., why.
39
cura, -ae,
ponder.
euro, -are, -avi, -atum, care for; (w. gerundive), have {something
done), cause.
deliciae,
-arum,
f.,
luxuries.
cucurri,
cursum,
demonstro, -are,
denique, adv.,
depello,
-avi,
-atum
[de
D
damno, -are, -avi, -atum, condemn. de, prep. w. abl., down from, from,
concerning, of, about, during; as prefix, down, utterly; of,
-pulsum
away.
debed, -ere, -ui, -itum, owe, ought.
decedo, -cedere, -cessi, -cessum
[de + cedo], go away, depart, with-
descendo,
-scendere,
[de
-scensum
describo,
+ scando,
-scendi, climb
down], descend.
-scribere,
-scripsi,
draw.
decern, indecl. adj., ten.
decido, -cidere, -cidi,
cado], fall down,
fall.
-silui,
-sultum
dis-
[de + salio],
leap
down,
decimus,
declaro,
claro],
clare.
mount.
-are,
-avi,
-atum [de+
reveal,
[de + sum],
make
clear,
de-
deus,
-i,
m., god.
+ do],
protect.
speak.
exdictio, -onis, f. [dico], (a speaking),
-urn,
wearied,
pleading.
dies, -ei, m. or f., day, time.
differo,
differre,
distuli,
dilatum
spe, disappoint.
3io
diligens,
diligent.
careful,
dubius, -a, -um, doubtful; neut., as noun, doubt. ducenti,-ae, -a [duo + centum], two
hundred.
diligentia, -ae,
f.
[diligens], care-
fulness, diligence.
-missum
not.
dum,
conj.,
while,
as
long
as,
until.
away,
Dumnorix,
Haedui.
-igis,
m.,
Dutnnorix
of
(dum'no-riks),
chief
the
[dis+cedo, withdraw.
go
apart],
depart,
learn.
duodecim
[duo+decem],
indecl.
-iectum [dis+
apart, break,
adj., twelve.
throw
e, ex,
of,
from, of;
eat.
tum
sign, divide.
diu, adv., for a long time. Diviciacus, -i, m., Diviciacus (divi-shi-a'kus), a chief of the Haedui.
elatum [ex+
elate.
-fectum [ex+
cause,
ac-
facio],
bring
about,
complish.
ego, mei, /.
sum
[e
datum,
march
out.
domina, dominus,
uncommon,
re-
a house).
domus,
at
-us,
f.,
emitto, -mittere, -misi, -missum [e+mitto], send forth, discharge, hurl, throw aside.
home.
give, pre-
donum,
VOCABULARY
i. 2.
3 II
-a, -urn, outermost, farextreme.
eo, ire,
ii
(ivi),
itum,
go.
extremus,
thest,
eodem, adv.,
same
place.
letter, epistle.
pi.,
fabula, -ae,
f., story,
fable.
factum, make,
[facio],
do.
facultas, -tatis, p.
[en-
opporpi., re-
-reptum
fama, -ae,
tion.
f., report,
fame, reputa-
and.
fames, famis,
familia, -ae,
f.,
hunger.
even
f.,
if,
although.
Europa, -ae,
ex, see e.
Europe.
[ex-i-
cessfully, favorably.
felis, felis, f., cat.
femina, -ae,
ferax, -acis,
f.,
woman.
fertile.
[f ero],
exeo, -ire,
-ii
(-ivi),
-itum [ex+
eo], go out.
ferrum,
-i, n.,
iron.
-ae,
f.,
is..,
daughter.
son.
filius, -i,
-itum
[finis], limit,
bound.
finis, finis, m., end, limit,
pi. territory.
expugno, -are,
-avi,
-atum [ex+
boundary;
bordering
finitimus, -a,
-um
[finis],
ecute.
neighboring; adjoining, finitimi, as noun, neighbors. fio, fieri, factus sum, be made, be
upon,
done; impers.,
sult
is.
it
happens, the
re-
312
Galba, -ae,
m.,
Galba,
a family
bend.
flos, floris, m., flower.
name.
Gallia, -ae,
f.,
Gaul.
Gallic.
flumen,
Gallicus, -a,
-um,
fluxum, flow.
Gallus,
-i,
Garumna,
Genava,
haps.
fortis, -e, strong, brave.
genus, generis,
fortuna, -ae,
luck;
pi.,
-i,
F. 3
chance, fortune,
property.
Germania, -ae, f., Germany. Germanus, -a, -um, German. Germanus, -I, m., a German. gero, gerere, gessi, gestum, carry
on, wage, do.
forum,
in
n.,
cially the
gladius,
-i,
m., sword.
Rome between
-ae,
f.
fame, renown.
and Palatine
fossa,
trench.
Graecia, -ae,
dig],
f.,
Greece.
[fodio,
ditch,
Graecus,
gratulor,
-a,
frango,
break.
-ari,
sum,
dep.,
congratulate.
adv.,
heavily,
be
severely;
be
frumentarius, -a,
-um
[friimen-
graviter ferre,
annoyed,
frumentor,
-ari,
H
habeo, -ere,
-ui, -itum, have, hold-
gather grain.
frumentum,
crops.
-I,
n.,
grain;
pi.,
habito, -are,
live,
-avi,
-atum, dwell,
the
Haedui, -orum,
[fuga],
Haedui
fuga, -ae,
f., flight.
fugitum
of the Haedui.
fugitivus,
-l,
fumus,
-i,
m., smoke.
f.,
Helvetia
(hel-
now
Switzerland.
m., the
etc., m.,
Gaius,
Helvetii, -drum,
Helvetii
(hel-ve'shi-i), Helvetians.
VOCABULARY
Helve tius (Helveticus),
the Helvetii,
3*3
illud,
-a, -urn, of
ille,
ilia,
dem. pron.,
-i,
that
Helvetian.
(yonder).
impedimentum,
f.,
n.,
hindrance,
bag-
Hesperides,
-um,
the
Hes-
impediment;
gage-train.
pi.,
baggage,
perides (hes-per'i-dez).
impedio,
-ire,
-ivi,
-itum
[pes],
entangle, hinder.
dem. pron.,
this, he,
hiemo, -are,
winter.
-avi,
hiems, hiemis, f., winter. Hispani, -orum, m., the Spaniards. Hispania, -ae, f., Spain.
hodie, adv., this day, today. homo, -inis, m. or f., a human being,
imperium, -i, n., command, supreme power, authority. impero, -are, -avi, -atum, command, demand, levy. impetro, -are, -avi, -atum, obtain (by request), bring to pass.
impetus, -us, m., attack.
importo,
-are,
-avi,
man.
honor, -oris, m., honor, respect.
hora, -ae,
f.,
-1,
-atum [in+
im-
hour.
m.,
impudens,
(ho-ra/in,
-entis,
shameless,
Horatius,
H or at his
shi-us), Horace.
sum, dep.,
urge,
pudent. prep. w. ace. (of motion), into, to, toward, against, upon; w. abl.
(of rest), in, on,
encourage.
among, over; as
on;
hortus,
-I,
m., garden.
prefix,
in,
into,
negative
enemy
prefix, not.
enemy.
-tatis,
f.,
humanitas,
sum,
burn.
civilization.
-,
lie, lie
down.
incola, -ae, m. or f., inhabitant. incolo, -colere, -colui, coid], dwell in, inhabit.
[mu-
iaculum,
ready.
ibi,
-i,
n., javelin.
iam, adv., by
this time,
now,
al-
incommodum,
incredible.
-i, n.,
misfortune.
id 2m,
indicium,
the same.
suitable.
f., the
Ides.
tum, favor.
3 T4
infero,
inferre,
intuli,
inlatum,
bring into, bringupon, wage upon. Inferus, -a, -um, low, below; pi. as
noun, inhabitants of
world, the dead.
the
lower
interea,
while.
interficio,
adv.
[inter -fea],
mean-
-ficere,
-feci,
-fectum
ingenium,
inimicus,
-i,
ingens, -entis,
-a,
vast,
huge, enormous.
[in + amicus],
-um
sum
[inter + mi tto],
stop,
let
inter-
unfriendly,
hostile;
as
noun,
pass.
enemy.
iniquus, -a,
-um
[in+aequus], un-
it
concerns,
it
interests.
initium,
-i, n.,
beginning.
-atum,
enter,
pen-
inopia, -ae,
inquam,
inquit,
def.
inventor,
-oris,
m.
[invenio],
inventor, author.
sum
[in
invitus, -a,
ipse, ipsa,
-um, unwilling.
ipsum, intensive pron.,
itself.
+ sequor], follow
insidiae, -arum,
f.,
up, pursue.
treachery,
amis,
himself, herself,
buscade, stratagem.
insigne,
decoration.
ea, id,
she,
it.
dem. pron.,
this, that;
he,
dem. pron.,
that
up, establish,
(of yours).
ita,
itaque, conj.,
therefore.
and
so,
accordingly,
tum
[in-f-struo], build,
draw up,
marshal.
Insula, -ae, f., island.
intellego,
way,
-legere,
-lexi,
-lectum
know,
understand.
inter,
prep.
w.
ace,
between,
among; as
prefix, between.
VOCABULARY
iugum,
-I,
315
n.,
yoke; ridge
(of
mountain).
Iulia, -ae, f., Julia.
-drum,
the Latini.
Iulius,
-1,
Julius.
-1,
iumentum,
iungo,
join.
N.,
yoke-animal,
latus, -eris,
w,
f.,
side, flank.
beast of burden.
iungere,
iunctum,
laus, laudis,
praise.
Lavinium,
-i,
n.,
Lavinium.
ambassa-
iunior,
comp.
of iuvenis.
Iuno, -onis,
legatus,
dor.
-i,
m., lieutenant,
Lemannus,
Geneva.
-i,
m., w. lacus,
Lake
lenitas, -tatis,
tleness.
f.,
smoothness, gen-
iusiurandum, iurisiurandl,
-erum,
free.
Kalendae (Calendae), -arum, f., the Calends, the first day of a month.
free
-atum,
set free,
L
Labienus,
Titus Labienus, Caesar's chief lieutenant.
-1,
m.,
impers.,
it
is
per-
toil.
mitted.
lictor, -oris,
labyrinthus,
-i,
m., labyrinth.
-ivi,
-itum, provoke,
tendant
of a
Roman
magistrate.
lacrima, -ae,
f., tear.
tongue, language.
alphalocate.
Latinus,
-1,
m.,
Latinus (la-ti'nus),
bet; pi.,
letter (epistle).
-atum, place,
316
locus,
-I,
manus,
band.
-us,
f.,
place.
longitudo,
-inis, f.
[longus], length.
Marcus, name.
-i,
m.,
Marcus, a
Roman
mare, maris, n., sea. Marius, -i, m., Marius (ma/ri-us), a famous Roman general.
Massilia, -ae,
Marseilles.
f.,
Lucius,
-I,
m.,
Lucius (lu'shius), a
Massilia,
now
Roman name.
luna, -ae,
lupa, -ae,
lux, lucis,
f., f.,
moon.
she-wolf.
mater, matris,
f.,
mother, matron.
n.,
f.,' light.
marriage.
the
m.,
Marne
M
magis, comp. adv. (sup. maxime),
more, rather.
maturo, -are, -avi, -atum, hasten. maturus, -a, -um, ripe, early. maxime, sup. adv. [magnus], most,
magister,
teacher.
magistri,
m.,
master,
maximus,
medius,
of.
-um, middle,
-i, n.,
the
middle
membrum,
memoria,
ory.
limb.
mem-
magnitudo,
-inis,
f.
[magnus],
espe-
greatness, size.
mensa,
greatly,
-ae,
f., table.
magnopere,
cially.
adv.,
mensis,
-is, m.,
month.
Mercurius, -i, m., Mercury. mereor, -eri, -itus sum, dep., deserve, merit.
meridies,
maiores, -um,
m. [maior], ancestors.
sa 'la), a family
name.
dep.,
abuse.
mischief, harm.
mensus sum,
maleficium,
maleficus,
-i, n.,
meus,
-a,
-um, my.
to
-i,
m., evil-doer.
malus,
-a,
-um,
bad.
mando,
passuum,
VOCABULARY
minime,
means.
adv.,
least,
3*7
by
no
N
nam,
conj., for.
tell,
minimus,
nar-
natio, -onis,
f.,
nation, tribe.
natura, -ae,
f.,
nature, character.
nauta, -ae,
m., sailor.
sail.
ship.
not, lest.
missum,
modo,
adv., only.
-ui,
whether.
molo, -ere,
-itum, grind.
-itum,
advise,
moneo,
warn.
-ere,
-ui,
nemo,
-i, n.,
neminem,
not;
monstrum,
mora, -ae,
die.
monster.
neque
f.,
delay.
and
neque
nor.
nex, necis,
-ari,
f.,
death.
moror,
tarry.
moveo,
move.
movere,
movi,
motum,
mox, adv.,
jure.
mulier, mulieris,
woman.
be unwill-
nomen, nominis,
non, adv.,
not.
x.,
name.
multus,
-a,
-um,
-ivi,
f.
much;
pi.,
-itum, fortify.
[munio], fort ifica-
munitio, -onis,
nondum,
murus, -I, m., wall. mus, muris, m., mouse. muto, -are, -avi, -atum, change.
-um,
(not
none),
some;
pi.,
as noun, some.
3i8
nonnumquam,
sometimes.
nos,
seize,
[ob+curro,
meet.
run],
run
to, meet,
novem,
Oceanus,
-I,
m., ocean.
new
see
state of
affairs,
revolution;
agmen.
f.,
oculus,
night.
-I,
m., eye.
nox, noctis,
odium,
olim,
-I, n.,
hatred.
once,
nudus,
-a,
protected.
once
any,
no,
altogether, in
num,
omnis, -e,
onus,
weight.
all,
every.
n.,
oneris,
load,
burden ,
it
numquam,
adv., never.
oppidanus,
inhabitant
-i,
m. a
announce.
nuntius, news.
-I,
of
town,
[oppidum], towns-
m.,
messenger; message,
man. oppidum, -I, n., town. oppugno, -are, -avi, -arum [ob-f
pugno], fight against, attack. opus, operis, n., work.
oratio, -onis, f. [oro], speech, address, argument.
nympha,
-ae, f.,
nymph.
O
ob, prep. w. ace, on account of; as prefix, towards, against, in front.
orator,
-oris,
m.
[orol,
speaker ,
obaeratus,
debtor.
-1,
m.
[aes,
money]
orator.
-iectum [ob+
set
throw in front,
up; op-
pose, expose.
sum,
dep., forget.
obses, obsidis, m. or
f., hostage.
[ob+tendo,
out, declare.
stretch],
show, poini
ovum,
-I, n.,
egg.
VOCABULARY
penna, -ae,
p.,
3X9
feather.
pabulum,
-i, n.,
food, fodder.
pagus,
-I,
paries,
parietis,
m.,
wall
(of
house).
prepare,
direction.
provide
pars, partis,
f., part, side,
perfugium,
periculum,
skillful.
-i',
-i, n.,
minimus), small,
passus, -us, m., step, pace (five Roman feet) mille passus, mile;
;
-missum
pi.
milia passuum.
[per+mitto,
let
go through], per-
man
lie
open,
patria, -ae, f.
sum
after,
pax, pads,
peace.
f.
pecunia, -ae,
pertineo,
-ere,
-ui,
[per+
320
teneo],
pertain.
[potis, able-h
postquam,
conj., after.
day
after.
aim
pilum,
phalanx, phalangis,
-i, n.,
phalanx.
mand.
potens, -entis, adj., powerful.
potentia, -ae,
javelin.
Ro-
f.,
power, ability.
power.
man
placeo,
family name.
-ere,
it
potestas, -tatis,
please;
potior, potiri,
f.,
-ui,
-itum,
impers.,
pleases.
f.,
plebs, plebis,
plebeians.
common
people,
poena, -ae,
alty.
f.,
punishment, pen-
-itus
sum, dep.,
promise.
Pompeius,
-i,
m.,
Pompey.
camp).
praeda, -ae, f., booty, plunder. praefero, -ferre, -tuli, -latum [prae +fero], bear before, choose, prefer.
praericio,
-ficere,
-feci,
-fectum
command.
porta, -ae,
-are,
-avi,
-atum,
carry,
bring.
send in advance.
praemium,
,
-i, n.,
reward.
de-
mand.
possessio,
property.
-onis,
f. 3
praeopto, -are, -avi, -atum [prae + opto, choose], choose rather, prefer.
possession,
VOCABULARY
praesidium, -1,
garrison.
n., protection,
321
guard,
sum
praesto, -stare,
-stiti,
-stitum [prae
[pro-f-
praesum, -esse,
be before, be over,
command.
-iectum [pro
+iacio],
by, past.
-ire,
-ii
down.
(IvI),
praetereo,
-itum
prope,
near.
adv.,
of,
grasp.
prayer, entreaty.
before.
propinquus, -a,
neighboring;
-um
as
[prope], near,
relative,
noun,
primo, adv.,
at first.
kinsman.
place, first.
forth,
declare,
as
propose.
-us,
m.
-um, former,
before.
old.
propterea [propter+ea], adv., for this reason; propterea quod, for the reason that.
prospicio, -spicere, -spexi, -specturn, look forward, look out for,
before,
sooner
than.
privatus, -a, -um, private, personal. pro, prep. w. abl., before, for, considering, in behalf of, in proportion to; as prefix, before, forth,
out.
provide for.
provincia, -ae,
est, last.
f.,
province.
next, near-
proximus,
test,
-a,
-um, -um,
nearest,
next,
prove,
last.
publicus,
wealth.
-a,
public;
res
common-
proelium,
parture.
girl.
puer,
-i,
proficiscor,
proficisci,
profectus
sum, dep.,
pugna, -ae, f., fight, battle. pugno, -are, -avi, -atum, fight. pulcher, -chra, -chrum, beautiful.
punio, -ire,
-ivi,
-itum, punish.
322
(=ut
but
Pyrenaeus,
-a, -urn;
the Pyrenees.
quondam,
upon
Q
qua, adv., by which way, where.
a time.
quoque, conj.,
how many?
R
ramus,
-I,
tum,
seek, ask.
m., branch.
conj.,
how, as,
as
with
sup.,
as
son, account.
ratis, ratis, f., raft.
possible.
quantus,
so (as) great
-ceptum
[re
-atum [re+creo],
make anew,
reded,
back, return.
restore, revive.
-ire, -ii,
-itum [red+eo], go
a going
quod,
rel.
pron., who,
in-
which, that.
back, return.
quindecim, indecl.
a.dj., fifteen.
hundred.
fifty.
regina, -ae,
regius, -a,
f.,
queen.
kingly, royal.
quinque, indecl.
Quintus,
adj., five.
fifth.
-um,
n.,
regnum,
power.
-i,
sovereignty,
royal
name.
quis,
-iectum
[re
quisquam, quidquam [quicquam], indef. pron., any one, anything. quisque, quaeque, quidque [quodpron., every one, each.
quej,
indef.
don; pass, be
reliquus, -a,
left,
remain.
the rest of, re-
each
one,
-um,
maining.
VOCABULARY
remaned, -manere, -mansi, -mansum, remain. removed, -movere, -mdvi, -motum [re+moved], move back, remove.
323
-i,
Rhodanus,
rima, -ae,
m., the
Rhone.
f.,
opening, crack.
(of a river),
bank
renovd,
-are,
-avi,
-atum [re+
as
the
novo], renew.
renuntid, -are, -avi, -atum [re + nuntid], bring back word, report.
repelld, repellere, reppuli, repulsum [re+pello], drive back, repulse.
Romans.
Romulus,
rostrum,
ship).
-i, -i,
m.,
n.,
Romulus.
beak (of bird or
f.,
downfall, ruin;
pi.,
tum
discover.
rusticus, -a,
try, rural.
-um
[rus], of the
coun-
see
S
saepe, adv., often.
publica.
salus, -utis,
f., safety.
responded,
-spondere,
-spondi,
wise;
as
tum
retined,
tain.
[re
+ statud],
set
up again,
-tentum
packs,
restore.
baggage (carried
-tinere,
-tinui,
by noun and
soldiers),
adj.,
enough;
adv., sufficiently.
satisfacid, -facere, -feci,
-factum
know.
Rhenus,
22
-i,
m., the
Rhine.
write.
3 24
num.
adj.,
ond, favorable.
(opposed
to dexter).
societas, -tatis, f. [socius], partnership, alliance.
sedecim
Segusiavi, -orum,
socius,
-I.
ally.
sementis,
-is, f.,
sowing, planting.
-um,
-i, n.,
alone, only.
man.
soror, -oris,
f., sister.
spatium,
spero,
space, period.
-are,
-avi,
-atum
[spes],
spes, spei,
once.
Sequani
statum, stand.
,
be eager for,
servitus,
[servus], slavery.
desire.
studium,
-I,
servus,
-I,
up
to;
as prefix, under.
subduco, -ducere, -duxi, -ductum [sub + duco], draw up, withdraw. subeo, -ire, -ii, -itum [sub+eo], go
under, go near, undergo.
subito, adv., suddenly.
sic,
subsidium,
ment.
-I,
n.,
aid,
reinforce-
-atum [signum
+ facio],
signum,
indicate.
signal, standard.
-I, n.,
themselves.
same
time.
Roman
dic-
sum, esse,
fui,
be.
VOCABULARY
summa,
sum,
-ae,
f.,
325
control,
{highest
point),
total.
summus,
tempestas,
-tatis,
f.,
season,
est, greatest;
weather, storm.
templum,
tempt.
-i, n.,
temple.
try, at-
sumptus, -us, m., expense. super, prep. w. ace. and abl., above,
over; as prefix, over.
tempus, temporis,
n., time.
supersum,
-um,
third.
Tiberis,
Tiber.
superus, -a,
higher.
-um (comp.
superior,
sup. supremus,
summus), upper,
n.,
Tigurini,
supplicium,
penalty.
punishment,
Helvetii.
fear.
-um
[timed], timid.
suscipio,
-cipere,
-cepi,
-ceptum
tus), a personal
name.
-atum, endure,
sublatum,
support, sustain.
tollo,
tollere,
sustuli,
sustain, withstand.
its, their.
totus, -a,
-um
tabula, -ae,
tacitus, -a,
f.,
-um,
trado, -dere, -didi, -ditum [trans-f do], give over, hand down, surrender.
tangere,
tetigi,
tactum,
across, through.
-ii (ivi)
transeo, -ire,
so great, so
,-itum [trans
much.
taurus,
-i,
-I,
m., bull.
n.,
transfero,
javelin,
-ferre,
-tuli,
-latum
telum,
spear.
weapon,
[trans +fero], carry over, transfer. trecenti, -ae, -a, three hundred.
326
tres, tria, three.
-I),
triduum,
triplex,
triple.
-I, n.,
which
utilis,
(of two),
-e [utor], useful.
-ids,
adj.,
threefold,
utor, uti,
use.
uxor, -oris,
cele-
Troy.
Troianus,
tuba, -ae,
Tulingi,
-a, -urn,
vadum,
trumpet.
u., the
-oram,
a
Tulingi
be well.
(tu-lin'ji),
German
tower.
tribe.
turns, turris,
f.,
U
ubi, adv.
vast.
and
conj.,
when, where.
-i),
vel, either
or.
any.
ulterior, -ius,
comp.
adj.
[ultra],
farther.
ultra, adv.
-i, n.,
word.
yond.
in
company
place,
unde,
adv., whence.
from
which
veteranus, -a,
-um
[vetus],
old,
vetus, veteris, adj., old, former. via, -ae, f., way, road.
victor, -oris, m. [vinco], victor, con-
urbanus,
city,
-a,
-um, belonging
f., city.
to
of a
city.
queror.
victoria, -ae, f., victory.
urbs, urbis,
vicinus, -a,
-um
[vicus], neighbor-
in
ing, near.
vicus,
-i,
m.
village.
VOCABULARY
video,
327
videre,
vidi,
visum,
see;
live.
watch.
viginti, indecl. adj., twenty.
call,
sum-
mon.
i.
2.
-i, n.,
wish, be
vinculum,
bond.
vinum,
-i, n.,
wine.
voluntas,
-tatis,
f.,
willingness,
man.
{manliness),
vos,
vox, vocis,
word.
wound.
vulnus, -eris,
n., woutid.
strength.
ENGLISH-LATIN VOCABULARY
arrive,
pervenio,
-venire,
-veni,
-ventum.
able:
be able,
about,
lative.
about
to,
-atum.
absent:
afui.
absum, abesse,
of,
-ventum.
ob, propter,
at,
account: on account
ad, w. ace.
w. ace.
accuse, accuso, -are, -avi, -atum. across, trans, w. ace.
advise,
attack,
(noun) impetus,
-us,
M.;
-avi,
(verb)
oppugno,
-are,
moneo,
w. ace; (conj.)
-atum; adgredior, -gredi, -gressus sum. attempt, conor, -ari, -atus sum.
authority, auctoritas, -tatis, p.
postquam.
aid, (noun) auxilium, subsidium,
-l,
away: be away,
afui.
absum, abesse,
n.; (verb)
iutum.
all,
away from, a
totus, -a, -um. pati, passus sum.
;
(ab).
omnis, -e
allow, patior,
B
bad, malus, -a,
-um.
always, semper.
ambassador, legatus,
and,
m.
f.
proelium,
-i,
n.
be,
be
afui.
any
one, quis,
quisquam.
beast of burden,
iumentum,
-i,
N.
-chrum.
because, quod.
-inis,
army, acies,
-ei, f.;
agmen,
propter, w. ace. before, (prep.) ante, w. ace; pro, w. abl.; (conj.) priusquam.
because
of,
328
VOCABULARY
began, coepi, -isse. in behalf behalf:
abl.
329
of,
pro,
w.
revoco.
call together,
convoco.
m.
turn;
ex-
both
and,
et
et.
gestum.
cart, carrus, -i,
m.
;
bravely, fortiter.
cavalry, equites
tUS, -US, M.
Celts. Celtae,
-urn, m.;
equita-
-arum, m.
certus,
-a,
-urn;
bring,
fero,
ferre,
tuli,
latum;
(pron.)
quidam.
-orum, m.;
liberi,
bring in, importo. bring together, conduco, -dticere, -duxi, -ductum; confero. bring upon, infero.
broad, latus, -a, -urn.
brother, frater, fratris, m. Brutus, Brutus, -1, M.
children, pueri,
-orum, m.
choose, deligo, -ligere, -legi, -lec-
tum.
citizen, civis, -is, m. or f.
city,
urbs, urbis,
f.
climb,
ascendo,
ascendere,
as-
building, aedificium,
-i,
n.
cendi, ascensum.
cohort, cohors, cohortis, f.
-censum. autem.
buy,
command,
-atum;
impero,
be in
-are,
-avi,
command, praesum
put
in
-esse, -fui;
co-mmand,
-oris, m.
commander, imperator,
Caesar, Caesar, Caesaris, m.
tall
tum.
33
complete,
perficio,
deserve,
desire,
-fectum.
concerning, de, w. abl.
(verb)
cupere,
cupivi,
cupitum.
desirous, cupidus, -a,
tum; supero, -are, -avi, -atum. conspiracy, coniuratio, -onis, f. construct, facio, facere, feci, factum.
consul, consul, -is, m.
-um.
-atum.
-tentum.
Corinth, Corinthus,
-1, f.
repertum.
distant: be distant,
afui.
absum, abesse,
m.
n.
district,
pagus,
-i,
country, terra, -ae, fines, -ium, m.; native country, patria, -ae,
;
f.
f.;
country
(as
distinguished
sum.
do, ago, agere, egi,
from
actum;
facio,
D
danger, periculum,
daring, audax,
-i,
each, quisque,
n.
quaeque, quidque.
-um;
be eager
-acis.
-ere, -ui.
-tatis,
f.;
daughter,
filia,
eagerness,
cupiditas,
-i,
studium,
statui,
n.
easily, facile.
-um.
-atum.
or,
aut
aut;
vel
vel.
-fensum.
depart,
discedo,
-cedere,
-cessi,
sum;
-cessum.
depth, altitudo, -inis, f.
VOCABULARY
enroll, conscribo, -scribere, -scripsi,
33 1
out,
find
cognosco,
-gnoscere,
-scriptum.
-l,
envoy, legatus,
m.
confirmo,
-are,
-avi,
fit,
-atum.
evening, vesper, vesperi, m.
every,
five,
quisque;
every-
flight,
fuga, -ae,
f.
excel,
sum.
except, praeter, w. ace. expect, exspecto, -are, -avi,
sub, w. abl.
-atum.
-avi,
explain,
demonstro,
-are,
sum.
-atum.
extend, pateo, -ere, -ui; pertineo,
-ere, -ui.
-arum,
n.
-i,
ford,
vadum,
-i,
F
fact, res, rei, f.
fort,
castellum,
n.
fortification,
faithfully, diligenter.
famous, clarus,
-a,
-um.
forum, forum,
four, quattuor.
n.
-um.
-era,
(adj.)
liber,
-erum;
extremus,
-a,
-a,
-um;
mus,
-um.
-dulgere, -dulsi,
-um.
f.
favor, indulged,
-dultum.
fear,
(noun)
timor,
-oris,
m.;
frighten, terreo, -ere, -ui, -itum. from, sign of abl.; ab, de, ex, w.
abl.
sum.
very few, per-
ferax, -acis.
if.
-um.
P.;
ager, agri, m.
fiercely, acriter.
fight,
the Gauls.
-atum;
Galli,
-drum, m.
turn.
33 2
German, Germanus, -a, -um; the Germans, German!, -orum, m. Germany, Germania, -ae, f.
get possession of, potior, -In, -Itus
(upper) superior.
m.
sum.
girl,
-um.
tentum.
at
f.;
puella, -ae,
f.
dare, dedi, datum. ii (Ivi), itum. Ire, go, eo, transeo. go across,
give, do,
home,
go out, exeo.
god, deus,
-I,
-um.
so great,
f.
n.
domus,
being,
-us, f.
human
or
f.
homo, hominis, m.
H
Haeduan, Haeduus, -a, -um; Haedui, Haedui, -orum, m. hand, manus, -us, f.
happen:
est.
it
hundred, centum.
the
hurl, iacio, iacere, ieel, iactum.
/,
dere, accidit;
fieri,
factum
if, si.
maturo, -are, -avi, -atum; contendo, -tendere, -tendi, -tenhabeo, -ere, -ui, -itum. ending of verb; or pron. is.
induco,
-ducere,
-duxl,
-ta-
-ductum.
influence, (noun)
tis, f.;
turn.
auctoritas,
have,
he,
-duxl, -ductum.
inform,
certidrem facio;
be
in-
Helvetia, Helvetia,
-ae, f.
-um;
the
-orum, m.
see be.
-um.
it,
id,
hoc.
-um.
VOCABULARY
love,
333
javelin, pflum,
-i,
N.
amo,
journey,
iter, itineris, N.
M
magistrate, magistratus, -us,
it.
prohibed, -ere,
be
made,
fio, fieri,
make upon,
-latum.
infero,
-ferre,
-tuli,
-fectum.
-inis, m.
know,
(noun)
iter,
itineris,
N.;
Labienus, Labienus,
lack, inopia, -ae, f. lake, lacus, -us, m.
-i,
m.
f.
m.
magnus,
-a, -urn.
dux, ducis, m.
cog-
plurimus, -a,
tum.
legion, legio, -onis, f.
-um; maxime. mountain, mons, montis, m. move, moveo, movere, movi, motum.
-a, -um; (adv.) multum, by much, multo. my, meus, -a, -um.
length, longitude,
less,
-inis, f.
much, multus,
minus.
epistula, -ae, f.
letter,
lieutenant, legatus,
like, similis, -e.
little,
-I,
M.
N
name, (noun)
(verb)
nomen,
-inis,
x.;
appello,
-are,
-avi,
live,
-atum;
(adv.)
-atum.
narrow, angustus, -a, -um. narrowness: narrow pass, angustiae,
longus, -a,
-um;
-arum,
f.
334
w. ace.
(adv.) prope.
-a,
overcome, supero, -are, -avi, -atum. owe, debeo, -ere, -ui, -itum.
(pron.)
(conj.)
neuter,
-tra,
-trum;
next,
neque.
-a,
-i,
N.
proximus,
-um;
on the
partis, f.
people, populus,
peril,
-i,
-i,
m.
n.
periculum,
-um.
m.
persuade,
-suasi,
pitch (a
sui,
persuadeo,
-suadere,
-suasum.
neque
non.
(nee).
positum.
m.; pi., loca,
place, locus,
-orum,
nothing, nihil.
N.
now, nunc.
-um.
n.
f.
of,
number, numerus,
m.
plan, consilium,
-i,
O
obey, pareo, -ere, -ui.
of,
possession
po-
de, ex, w.
possible:
as
as
sum.
possible,
quam
w. a superlative.
often,
saepe.
on account of, ob, propter, w. ace; on all sides, undique. one, unus, -a, -um.
opportunity, facultas, -tatis, f.
or, aut.
-atum.
comparo.
present: be present,
adsum, adesse,
adfui.
property:
your
property,
vestra,
iussum.
quo;
in
order:
in
order
that,
ut,
alius, -a,
-ud;
other
(of
two), alter,
-era, -erum.
ought, debeo, -ere,
-ui, -itum.
F.
VOCABULARY
sailor,
f. queen, regina, -ae,
335
quickly, celeriter.
Quintus, Quintus,
-I,
m.
R
f. raft, ratis, ratis,
peto, petere,
petivi
(petii),
petitum.
Seine, Sequana, -ae, f.
select,
-cep-
tum.
recent, recens, recentis.
tum.
m. senate, senatus, -us,
recently,
nuper.
missum.
-visi,
mansum.
remember, memoria teneo, -ere, -ui, tentum. nuntio, -are, -avi, -atum.
report,
-stiti. resist, resisto, -sistere,
divido,
-videre,
-visum.
servant, servus,
-i,
m.
-atum.
-fectus
rest:
sum.
severely, graviter.
-ceptum.
return,
sui.
-i,
reversum.
reward, praemium,
-i,
shield,
scutum,
N.
(noun)
(adj.)
-atum. show, demonstro, -are, -avi, this side of, on f. side, pars, partis,
;
citra,
w. ace.
fiumen,
-inis, N.
iter, itineris, n.
sides:
sight,
the
signal,
since,
N.
size,
magnitudo,
servus,
-i,
rectum.
S
f. safety, salus, -utis,
mJ.
sail,
336
so, ita, sic, tarn;
-ium, m.
ea, id;
-a, -urn;
so that, ut.
than,
quam.
(pron.)
is,
ille, ilia,
that,
illud;
their,
(conj.) ut.
their
alii.
son, filius,
-i,
m.
own,
N.
-i,
standard, signum,
n.
-feri, m.
there, (in
(exple-
they,
ending of verb;
illi,
or
ei,
eae,
-ae,
f.
ea;
think,
-ae, -a.
puto,
-are,
-avi,
-atum;
exis-
sum;
suitable,
-um.
is,
summer, aestas,
haec, hoc;
ea, id.
thousand, mille.
three, tres, tria.
-cessum;
-atum.
supero,
-are,
-avi,
tempus, temporis, n.
traditum.
swift, celer, celeris, celere;
velox,
-oris.
sword, gladius,
-i,
m.
tomorrow, eras.
too,
express
by ending
-i,
of
comp.
captum;
town, oppidum,
trader,
N.
mercator, -oris, m.
transporto,
f.
doctum.
if.
transport,
-are,
-avi,
-atum.
dico,
dicere,
dixi,
dictum;
tree,
arbor, -oris,
civitas,
f.
tribe,
-tatis,
f.;
gens,
gentis,
-a,
tenth,
decimus,
-um.
troops, copiae,
-arum,
f.
f.
VOCABULARY
try,
337
twenty, viginti.
two, duo, duae, duo.
what,
quis
(qui),
quae,
quid
(quod).
U
under, sub, w. ace. (of motion)
abl. (of rest).
w.
while,
dum.
(interrog.) quis.
-um.
dum. -um;
be
sum.
volo,
velle,
usus sum.
volui.
pass the
hiemo, -are,
-avi,
-atum.
very,
cum, w.
abl.
m.
W
wage, gero, gerere, gessi, gestum. wagon, carrus, -i, m.
wait, exspecto, -are, -avi,
wall,
f.
-atum.
-atum.
murus,
-i,
m.
n.
Y
year, annus,
yet,
-i,
-i,
m.
tamen.
yoke,
iugum,
-i,
n.
or tu.
-um;
vester, -tra,
f.;
-trum.
yourself, tu;
endmg
of verb;
or nos.
ipse, -a,
-um.
The
250
for
following
lists,
which are to be memorized, include 500 words, In each division the words are in first year.
alphabetic order, except that compounds of verbs are grouped together. The principal parts, the genitive case, and the gender are indicated for a few words that are not found in the general vocabulary of this book.
VERBS
ago, drive, do. cogo, drive together,
pel.
dico, say.
collect,
com-
do, give.
duco, lead.
amo,
love.
call.
abduco, lead away. adduco, lead to, influence. educo, lead out.
indued, lead in. induce. perduco, lead through, extend. produco, lead forward. reduco, lead back. existimo, think, consider. exspecto, expect, wait, await. gero, carry, accomplish.
appello, name,
audeo
(-ere, ture.
ausus),
dare,
ven-
capio, take. accipio, accept, receive. incipio, begin, undertake. intercipio, intercept, cut of. suscipio, undertake. (cedo, go, yield.) discedo, go away, depart. excedo, go out. procedo, go forward, advance. cognosco, learn, ascertain.
confirmo,
strengthen,
encourage,
consulo
affirm. (-ere,
consului, consul-
set.
lose.
w.
defendo, defend.
339
send away.
intermitto, interrupt, discontinue. permitto, permit, grant, intrust. praemitto, send ahead. remitto, send back.
moneo, advise, warn. admoneo, remind. moved, move. commoved, alarm, excite. permoved, arouse, disturb.
removed, move back, remove.
navigd, sail. nuntid, announce, declare. occupd, seize, occupy.
oportet, it is necessary. pacd, pacify. pard, get ready, prepare for. compard, get together, provide. petd, seek. portd, carry, take. properd (-are, -avi, -atum), hurry.
present.
obtined, obtain, get. pertineo, reach, extend, pertain. retineo, hold back, retain. sustineo, hold up, sustain.
timeo, fear. video, see. provided, foresee. voco, call. convoco, call together, summon. evoco, call out.
NOUNS
aestas, summer. ager, field. agricola, farmer. amicitia, friendship.
fama, reputation,
filia,
report.
daughter.
life,
soul.
frumentum,
fuga, flight.
grain.
auctoritas, influence.
impedimentum,
baggage.
iniuria, wrong.
hindrance;
pi.
insula, island.
iudex
(iudicis,
trial,
consul, consul.
iudicium,
lex, law.
deus, god.
dignitas, worth, position. dfligentia, painstaking, care.
liber, book.
libertas, freedom.
dux, leader. eques, horseman. equus, horse. exemplum, example, precedent. factum, thing done, act, deed.
23
mater, mother.
memoria, memory.
340
servus, slave.
oppidum, town.
pater, father.
supplicium, punishment.
tempus, time.
terra, land, earth. via, highway, road. victoria, victory. Villa (-ae, F.), farmhouse, tryseat. vir, man, hero.
praemium, reward.
praesidium. garrison, guard.
princeps, leader, chief man.
conn-
proelium,
battle.
longe, far.
ad, to. ante, before (prep.). antea, before (adv.). aut aut, either
. . .
(neque).
neither
.
nor.
or.
hie, here. iam, by this time, already. in, in, on (w. abl.) ; into (w. ace).
when.
PRONOUNS, ADJECTIVES
aequus,
level, even, just, fair. altus, high, deep.
as noun, friend. amicus, friendly amplus, large, distinguished. barbarus, foreign, barbarous. bonus, good.
;
inimicus,
unfriendly,
hostile;
aft
noun, enemy.
iniquus, uneven, unfavorable, unjust.
341
.
.
.
primus
decimus, first
belonging
to
tenth.
state,
publicus,
the
liber, free.
longus, long.
re-
magnus,
large.
of.
ten.
draw
near
to,
ap-
dormio
hesitate.
ad-
make.
w. se, with-
draw. cedo, go, yield. antecedo, go before, precede. succedo, come up, succeed. claudo, close, confine. exchido, shut out. intercludo, shut off, cut off, stop.
coepi, begin.
concito
(-are,
-avi,
-atum),
trust.
arouse, excite.
throw out.
obicio, throw against, oppose. proicio, throw forward. reicio, throw back.
traicio, throw across, pierce. ignoro (-are, -avi, -atum), ignorant of. impedio, hinder. imperd, command, order. incendo, burn.
praedico,
(do, give.)
foretell.
be
hand
over.
doceo, teach.
lego, pick, gather, read. deligo, select, choose. licet, // is lawful, permitted.
342
maneo, remain. permaned, remain, hold out. remaned, stay be/r'rd, remain.
(mitto, send.)
-itum), serve*
(sisto, stand.)
submitto, send
yield
to.
to the assistance,
spero, hope.
munio,
fortify.
noceo, injure.
odi (ddisse), hate.
pello, drive, defeat. expello, drive out. impello, drive on, excite. repello, drive back, repulse.
despero, lose hope, despair. (struo, pile up, arrange.) exstruo, pile up, erect. instruo, arrange.
(sum,
be.)
persuaded, persuade. pono, put, place. depono, put down, put aside. expono, set forth, explain. oppono, put against, oppose. prdpono, put before, propose. premo (-ere, press!, pressum),
press, oppress. quaero, seek, inquire. rideo (-ere, risi, rlsum), laugh. (scando, climb.)
of.
ascendo, climb, ascend. descendo, descend. scio, know. sedeo (-ere, sedi, sessum), sit. obsideo (-ere, obsedi, obsessum), besiege.
sentio (-ire, sensi, sensum), feel,
realize.
circumvenio, come around, surround. convenio, come together. invenio, come upon, find. pervenio, come through, arrive.
(video, see.) invideo, look on, envy. vinco, conquer.
vulnero, wound.
NOUNS
acies. line of battle.
adventus, a coming
equitatus, cavalry. exercitus, army. exitus (-us, M.), a going forth, outcome, departure.
fides, good faith, protection.
finis,
condicid, condition, terms. consuetudo, custom, habit. copia, supply ; pi., forces. cornu, horn, wing (of army). corpus, body. cupiditas, desire, grt,zd. dies, day.
difficultas, difficulty. dolor (-oris, M.), gruf.
territory*
enemy (of the state). imperator, commander general. imperium, command, power.
inopia, need, lack.
iter,
journey.
magnitudo,
size,
importance-
343
manner.
res, thing.
res frumentaria, supplies. res militaris, military affairs, art of war. res publica, commonwealth, govem-
navigium,
nox, night.
navis, ship.
ratio, speaking, speech. (-dinis, M.), rank, class. pars, part. passus, pace, step. pons, bridge.
senatus, senate. [ment. spatium, space, time, distance. spes, hope. timor, fear.
turris
ordo
tower.
city.
pi., strength.
urbs,
vulnus, wound.
autem
bene,
(postpositive), moreover.
well.
nam, ne
.
for.
. .
indeed
',
enim
(postpositive), /or.
of.
enough, quite.
interim, meanwhile.
PRONOUNS, ADJECTIVES
acer, sharp, keen. celer, swift.
death,
im~
multus, much; pi., many. necessarius, necessary, urgent. nobilis (knowable), noble, famous.
omnis, every;
inti-
pi., all.
familiaris,
of the household,
par, equal.
mate.
fortis, brave.
pedester
(adj.).
to grain.
(-tris,
-tre),
infantry
trumentarius, pertaining
gravis, heavy, serious.
plenus, full.
344
propinquus, near; a relative. praesens, present. quadringenti, four hundred. qui, who. recens, fresh, new, recent. sescenti, six hundred.
similis, like.
them-
(own).
undecim
viginti,
eleven
INDEX
The numbers
refer to sections, unless otherwise indicated.
nominal, 315-318; used as nouns, 319. Adverbs, formation and comparison of, 487-489. Agent, ablative of, 149; dative
of, 573-
67; of place from which, 222; of separation, 221; of specification, 377; of time, 292; with certain deponents, 403; with certain prepositions, 541, b; re-
Answers, 198.
Apposition, 97, a. Attributive adjective, 120.
view
of,
643.
of, 214.
B
Base, 49.
capio, conjugation
of,
156.
Adjectives,
of,
attributive,
declension of, 58; declension of comparative, 469; genitive with, 353; numeral, 517; of
first
and second declensions, 126; of third declension, 242, 243; ordinal, 528; possessive, 127; predicate. 120; pro115,
U5
346
coepi, 379,
a.
348-
Deponent
verbs,
400;
ablative
481.
Comparison,
472;
Compound
with, 456.
verbs,
of
277;
454.
dative
Compounds
sum,
Conditional sentences, 620. Conjugations, denned, 23; distinguished, 107; first, 31-33, 196, 226-228; fourth, 104, 105, 155, 234-236; second, 73, 74, 326-228; third, 104, 105, 155, 234-236; third conjugation in
-io, 156.
E
eius
and
suus, distinguished,
368.
Enclitic, 18.
308; of infinitive, 376; of par556; of subjunctive, 509; personal, 32, 146, 186, 251.
cum cum
tem-
poral, 512.
(prep.), with ablative of ac-
-que,
atque, distinguished,
229, a.
certior, 598.
Declensions, distinguished, 289; fifth, 285-288; first, 48, 56; fourth, 270-273; second, 8789, 95, 125; third, 162-165, 171-173, 178, 179, 208-210;
214.
Genitive,
general rule, 634, a; objective, 352; of description, 531; of possession, 50; of the whole, 529; review of, 634; with
INDEX
adjectives, 403, a.
347
Genitive singular
nouns
in
-ium, -ius,
96.
Length Length
of vowels,
7.
of syllables, 13-15-
M
hie, declension of, 348. Historical present, 431.
idem, 390.
Idioms, 599.
ille,
Manner, ablative of, 137Means, ablative of, 66. Measure of difference, 473. mule, 519, 520. Moods, 407.
349.
N
196;
subjunctive,
424-
427.
ne, in clauses of purpose, 419. nolo, 618. Nominative, as subject, 26; in the a review 99, 191
predicate, of, 633.
>
'>
Noun
438.
verbs
persuade,
etc.,
Numerals,
S*9-
517;
declension
of,
^view
complementary, no;
endings, 376; future, 374, 375; 106 perfect, 358, 359; present, uses of, 342; 338; subject of,
109, 339-341Intensive pronoun, 391.
Order
of words, 68
and page
286.
348
373, 556, 57i; future passive, 556, 572; perfect, 260, 556, 559; present, 556-559Parts of speech, 20.
Passive voice, 145, 146. Perfect, indicative active, 251253; indicative passive, 261;
infinitive, 358, 359; participle,
Periphrastic
572.
conjugations,
571,
quam,
32,
in comparisons, 472;
with
197;
Personal
superlative, 492.
Questions,
how
expressed,
Personal pronouns, 367, 383. Place, from which, 222, 281; in which, 67, 280; to which, 134,
282.
interrogaa.
Pluperfect, indicative, 297-299; subjunctive, 506-508. Possession, expressed by dative, 458; by genitive, 50. Possessive adjectives, 127.
indica-
Reflexive pronoun, 384, 385. Relative pronoun, 325, 328, 329. Result, clauses of, 446-448.
Predicate,
accusative,
190;
ad-
Review
Prefixes, 277.
lessons, 82, 141, 204, 267^ 322, 397, 463, 546, 593, 632. 638, 643.
Prepositional
219.
phrases,
132-135,
Prepositions, 541.
Present, indicative active, 33, 73, 104; indicative passive, 146, 147, 155; infinitive, 106, 338; participle, 556-5 59; stem, 33; subjunctive, 408, 417, 418;
of,
377.
system, 589.
Primary
tenses, 429.
in conditions, 621;
in indirect
INDEX
501; questions. clauses, 438, 448; in purpose clauses, 420; in result clauses, 446; in temporal clauses, 605;
in
349
noun
ubi, 605; with postquam, a. 310, Tenses, named, 184; primary and secondary, 429; sequence of,
43o.
497-499; pluperfect, 506-508; present, 408-410, 417, 418; review of forms, 509, 510. Subordinate clauses, reviewed,
perfect,
Tense signs, 186. Third conjugation in -io, 156. Time, ablative of, 292; duration
of,
628.
Suffixes,
291; clauses
of, 512,
605.
of
adjectives,
595;
of
to,
how
to say, 133.
nouns, 548.
sui, 384.
sum, compounds
of,
454;
con-
U
ubi, with 310, a.
perfect
indicative.
quam,
492..
Supine, forms and uses, 586, footnote 587; stem, page 122, 589. 1; system,
Syllables, 9-15.
ut clauses,
summary
of,
449.
Synonyms,
294.
Verbs, agreement
W
Temporal
clauses,
with
cum,
with,
512; with
dum, priusquam,
how
to say, 135.
24
GENERAL SCIENCE
foundation for the sciences which usually come later in
high school, and the best practical training for those who withdraw from school at the end of the Junior High School.
may
HYGIENE
of
successful
modern methods
Hallett
and Anderson:
ELEMENTARY ALGEBRA
and emphasizes the fundamental principles and processes With an abundance of problems. subject.
Bullock:
Presents the chief facts in the structure of modern industry, and discusses with noteworthy fair-mindedness the readjustments of our industrial problems.
Clippinger:
Meets the demand for training in correct speaking and writ(In one and two ing with reference to the needs of later life.
volume
editions.)
with abun-
CAESAR'S GALLIC
WAR
for second
COMPANY
SAN FRANCISCO
NEW YORK
CHICAGO
CICERO'S ORATIONS
and prose composition
for third
Burton: VERGIL'S AENEID Unique in that the introduction, notes, references, and explanaOver tory matter are within the grasp of high school students. 600 lines of sight translation from various Latin authors.
Burton:
A LATIN
GRAMMAR
Cardon: A PRACTICAL FRENCH COURSE A book which makes for actual facility in speaking, reading, and writing French.
Cardon:
Text
drill
MON
is
PETIT TROTT
used as a basis for oral and written composition with in French syntax.
Wilkins
and
Luria:
CICIOS
A
Luria:
reader for use as soon as the pupil has mastered the ele-
power
letter.
Howland:
ZARAGUETA
A
Ford:
A SPANISH ANTHOLOGY
Parsons:
Songs which enlarge the musical heritage of recreational, assembly, and community singing.
COMPANY
SAN FRANCISCO
NEW YORK
CHICAGO
XB 36245
605539
! ]
'
< )
i I
IP! Ill